1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
56 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21670 32331
69 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21670 32331
89 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21670 32331
100 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21670 32331 885635
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
145 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21670 32330
242 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
323 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t
)
371 (function-put 'defadvice
'doc-string-elt
'3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
439 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
448 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper
"allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil
)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup
"allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil
"\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation
"allout" nil
)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
549 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p
"allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
560 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21670
841 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions
)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup
"allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil
)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil
"\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation
"allout-widgets" nil
)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode
"allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21696 56380 925320
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21670 32331 385639
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21670 32330 885624
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions
)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21670
982 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21670 32330 885624
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21670 32330 885624
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option
"apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil
)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1098 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21670 32330 885624
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21704 50495
1249 ;;;;;; 455324 752000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions
)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21670 32331
1456 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21670
1484 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry
7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry
"auth-source" t
)
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21670 32330 885624
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21670 32331
1558 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21670 32330 885624
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21673
1608 ;;;;;; 8506 69195 402000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable
'risky-local-variable t
)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil
)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21737 47805 354975
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21670 32331
1787 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
'("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode
))
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode
"bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21670 32330 885624
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1810 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21670
1842 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t
)
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t
)
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
1868 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21670 32331
1879 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1918 Special information:
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21670 32331 385639
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21670 32331
2007 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2010 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21670 32330 885624
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2133 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil
)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write
'interactive-only
'bookmark-save
)
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map
[load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21711 23743
2321 ;;;;;; 625328 319000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
2637 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2638 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21670 32331 385639
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2700 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21729
2721 ;;;;;; 53695 825320 214000))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2729 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2730 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2731 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2732 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2733 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2734 else the global value will be modified.
2736 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2738 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2739 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2740 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2741 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2742 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2743 else the global value will be modified.
2745 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2747 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2749 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2751 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2753 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2754 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2755 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2756 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2758 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2759 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2760 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2761 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2762 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2765 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2766 that already has a `.elc' file.
2768 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2769 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2771 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2772 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2773 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2774 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2775 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2776 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2778 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2780 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2782 Print the result in the echo area.
2783 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2787 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2788 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2789 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2791 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2793 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2794 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2795 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2796 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2797 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2798 all functions called by those functions.
2800 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2801 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2804 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2805 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2806 invoked interactively.
2808 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2810 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2811 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2812 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2813 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2817 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2818 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2819 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2820 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2821 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2823 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2826 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2830 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2831 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2833 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2834 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2835 and corresponding effects.
2837 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21670
2842 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2845 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2847 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21670 32330
2852 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2857 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2859 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21670
2864 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2867 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2868 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2869 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2870 from the cursor position.
2872 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2886 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2898 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2900 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2902 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2903 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2904 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2905 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2907 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2909 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2910 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2911 This is most useful in the X window system.
2912 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2913 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2915 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2917 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2918 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2919 See calc-keypad for details.
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2923 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2924 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2926 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2928 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2929 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2931 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2933 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2934 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2936 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2938 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2939 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2940 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2942 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2944 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2945 Define Calc function.
2947 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2948 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2949 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2951 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2952 actual Lisp function name.
2954 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2956 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2958 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21670 32330
2963 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2966 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21702 8774 274627
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2977 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2978 Run the Emacs calculator.
2979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21670 32330
2986 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2987 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2989 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2990 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2991 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2992 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2993 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2994 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2996 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2997 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2998 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2999 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3000 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3001 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3002 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3003 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3006 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3007 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3009 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3010 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3011 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3012 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3013 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3014 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3016 Runs the following hooks:
3018 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3019 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3020 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3021 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3023 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21670 32330 885624
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3033 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3034 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3036 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3038 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3039 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3040 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21743
3048 ;;;;;; 190 195328 729000))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3051 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3052 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21670 32331
3059 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3062 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3063 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3065 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3066 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3068 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3069 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3071 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3073 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3074 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3077 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3079 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3080 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3082 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3083 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3086 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3089 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3091 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3093 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3094 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3097 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3099 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3100 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3102 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3103 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3106 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3108 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3111 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3117 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3122 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3123 variables are guessed:
3125 * `c-basic-offset', and
3126 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3129 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3130 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3132 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3133 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3135 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3136 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3137 guess is made from scratch.
3139 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3140 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3146 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3147 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3149 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3150 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3151 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3153 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21743 190
3158 ;;;;;; 195328 729000))
3159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3161 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3162 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3163 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3164 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3165 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3166 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3167 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3169 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3172 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3173 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3174 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3175 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3179 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3180 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3181 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3182 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3183 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3184 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3186 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3188 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3189 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3196 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3197 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3198 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3199 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3200 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3201 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3204 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3206 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3207 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3215 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3216 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3218 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3219 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3234 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3235 Major mode for editing Java code.
3236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3237 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3238 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3244 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3245 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3251 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3253 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3254 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3256 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3263 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3264 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3270 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3271 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3273 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3274 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3275 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3276 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3277 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3278 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3281 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3283 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3284 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3290 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3291 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3292 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3293 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3294 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3296 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3297 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3298 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3299 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3300 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3301 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3303 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3305 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3306 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21670
3316 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3319 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3320 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3321 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3322 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3324 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3326 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3327 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3330 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3331 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3332 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3333 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3336 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3337 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3338 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3339 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3342 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3344 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3345 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3346 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3347 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3349 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3351 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3352 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3353 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3355 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3357 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3358 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3359 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3360 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3361 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3363 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21670 32331
3368 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
3369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3370 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3371 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3372 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21682 23484 726747
3378 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3380 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3381 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3383 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3385 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3386 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3388 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3390 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3391 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3393 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3394 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3395 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3396 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3399 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3401 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3403 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3404 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3406 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3407 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3411 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3412 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3413 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3414 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3415 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3418 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3419 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3420 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3421 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3423 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3424 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3427 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3429 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3431 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3434 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3435 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3437 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3438 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3439 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3442 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3444 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3445 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3446 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3448 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3450 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3452 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3454 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3455 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3456 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3457 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3458 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3459 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3461 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3463 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3467 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3469 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3471 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3472 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3475 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3476 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3479 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3481 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3482 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3483 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3484 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3485 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3486 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3487 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3488 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3489 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3490 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3491 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3492 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3493 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3494 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3495 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3496 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3499 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3500 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3502 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3503 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3505 | (write EXPRESSION)
3506 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3507 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3510 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3513 ;; Same as: (write string)
3515 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3516 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3517 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3520 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3521 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3522 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3523 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3524 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3525 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3527 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3528 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3530 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3533 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3534 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3535 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3537 ARG := REG | integer
3540 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3543 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3546 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3549 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3550 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3553 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3554 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3555 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3558 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3559 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3560 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3563 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3564 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3566 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3567 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3568 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3571 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3572 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3575 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3576 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3581 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3585 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3586 ;; Same meaning as C code
3587 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3589 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3594 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3595 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3598 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3599 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3603 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3607 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3608 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3609 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3610 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3612 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3613 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3614 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3615 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3617 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3618 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3619 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3622 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3623 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3624 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3626 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3627 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3628 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3630 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3631 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3633 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3634 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3635 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3638 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3639 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3640 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3641 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3643 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3644 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3647 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3649 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3651 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3652 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3653 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3654 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3655 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3656 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3658 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3660 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3661 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3662 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3664 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3666 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21716 41663
3671 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
3672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3674 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3675 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3676 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3677 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3679 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3681 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3683 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3684 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3686 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21670 32330 885624
3692 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3693 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21695 35516
3698 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
3699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3700 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3702 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3703 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3704 There are no special keybindings by default.
3706 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3707 to the action header.
3711 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3712 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3713 There are no special keybindings by default.
3715 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3716 to the action header.
3720 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3721 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21679 47292
3728 ;;;;;; 556033 759000))
3729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3730 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3735 ;;;;;; (21742 67 198174 224000))
3736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3738 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3739 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3740 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3744 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3745 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3746 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21733
3753 ;;;;;; 50750 334730 5000))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3755 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3756 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3757 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3758 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3759 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3761 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3762 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3763 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3765 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3769 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3770 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3772 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3773 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3774 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3775 the users will view as each check is completed.
3779 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3780 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3781 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3782 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3783 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3784 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3785 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3786 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3788 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3791 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3792 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3793 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3794 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3795 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3796 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3797 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3799 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3801 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3802 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3803 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3804 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3805 spacing are all verified.
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3810 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3811 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3812 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3813 otherwise stop after the first error.
3815 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3817 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3818 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3819 Only documentation strings are checked.
3820 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3821 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3824 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3827 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3828 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3829 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3830 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3832 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3835 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3836 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3837 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3843 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3844 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3845 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3847 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3852 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3853 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3855 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3858 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3859 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3860 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3861 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3866 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3867 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3868 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3869 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3870 space at the end of each line.
3872 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3874 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3875 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3876 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3877 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3882 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3883 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3884 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3888 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3889 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3890 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3891 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3896 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3897 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3898 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3904 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3905 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3909 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3910 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3911 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3912 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3917 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3918 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3919 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3923 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3924 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3925 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3926 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3931 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3932 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3933 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3937 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3938 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3940 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3941 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3943 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3944 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3945 checking of documentation strings.
3947 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21670
3954 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3955 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3957 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3958 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3959 Return the length of resulting text.
3961 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3963 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3964 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3968 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3969 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3970 Return the length of resulting text.
3972 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3974 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3975 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3979 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3984 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3987 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
3993 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3995 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3996 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3997 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3998 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3999 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4000 editing and the result is evaluated.
4002 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4004 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4005 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4006 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4007 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4008 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4010 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4014 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4015 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4016 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4017 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4018 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4020 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4021 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4022 \\{command-history-map}
4024 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4025 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21670
4032 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
4033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4035 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4036 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4037 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4038 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4039 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4040 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4041 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4044 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4045 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4046 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4049 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4050 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4052 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4053 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4054 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4055 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4056 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4057 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4058 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4059 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4060 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4061 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4062 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4063 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4065 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4066 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4067 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4069 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4070 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4071 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4074 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4076 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4078 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4080 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4081 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4083 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4084 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4086 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4087 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4088 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4089 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4090 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4091 value specified by their associated list element.
4093 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4095 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4096 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4097 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4099 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4100 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4101 * indent the first argument by 4.
4102 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4103 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4104 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4106 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4107 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4108 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4111 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21727 11963
4116 ;;;;;; 635339 992000))
4117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4118 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4120 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4122 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4123 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4124 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4125 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4126 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4127 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4129 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4130 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21670 32331
4135 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
4136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4138 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4139 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4140 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4141 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4143 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4144 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4145 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4146 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4148 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4149 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4151 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21670 32330 885624
4157 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4159 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4160 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4161 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4162 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4163 of `scheme-program-name').
4164 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4165 it is given as initial input.
4166 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4167 discards input when it starts up.
4168 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4170 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
4177 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4179 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4180 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4181 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4182 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4184 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4185 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4187 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4188 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4189 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4191 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21740 47646 728890 593000))
4196 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4198 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4199 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4200 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4201 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4202 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4203 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4204 functions have already modified the buffer.
4206 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4208 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4209 either globally or locally.")
4211 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4212 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4213 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4214 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4216 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4217 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4218 `start-file-process'
4219 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4220 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4221 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4223 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4224 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4226 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4228 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4230 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4232 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4233 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4234 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4235 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4236 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4237 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4238 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4239 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4240 process as its initial input.
4242 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4244 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4246 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4248 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4249 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4250 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4251 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4252 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4253 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4255 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4257 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4259 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4260 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4261 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4262 directory tracking functions.")
4264 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4265 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4266 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4268 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4270 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4272 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4273 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4274 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4276 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4278 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4280 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4281 Send COMMAND to current process.
4282 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4283 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4285 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4287 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4288 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4289 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4290 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4292 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21670 32331
4297 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
4298 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4300 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4301 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4302 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4303 to get another window.
4305 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4306 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4308 This command pushes the mark in each window
4309 at the prior location of point in that window.
4310 If both windows display the same buffer,
4311 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4312 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4314 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4315 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4316 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4317 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4318 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4319 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4320 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4323 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4324 this command work in interlaced mode:
4325 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4326 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4327 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4329 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21670 32331
4334 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
4335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4337 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4338 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4340 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4342 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4343 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4344 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4346 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4348 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4349 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4350 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4352 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4354 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4355 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4356 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4357 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4358 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4360 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4361 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4362 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4363 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4364 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4366 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4367 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4368 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4369 describing how the process finished.")
4371 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4372 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4373 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4374 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4375 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4377 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4378 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4379 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4381 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4383 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4384 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4385 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4386 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4388 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4390 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4391 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4393 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4394 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4396 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4398 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4399 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4400 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4401 (concat \"make -k \"
4402 (if buffer-file-name
4403 (shell-quote-argument
4404 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4406 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4407 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4409 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4410 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4411 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4412 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4414 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4416 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4417 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4418 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4419 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4421 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4422 and move to the source code that caused it.
4424 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4425 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4427 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4428 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4429 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4430 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4431 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4433 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4434 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4435 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4436 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4438 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4439 kills its subprocesses.
4441 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4442 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4443 to a function that generates a unique name.
4445 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4447 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4448 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4449 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4450 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4452 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4453 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4455 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4456 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4457 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4458 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4460 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4461 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4462 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4464 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4466 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4468 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4469 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4470 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4471 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4472 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4474 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4476 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4478 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4480 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4482 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4483 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4484 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4485 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4486 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4488 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4489 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4490 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4491 See `compilation-mode'.
4493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4495 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4496 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4497 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4498 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4499 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4501 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4502 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4507 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4508 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4509 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4511 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21670 32330 885624
4517 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4519 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4520 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4521 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4523 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4524 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4526 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4528 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4529 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4530 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4531 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4532 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21670
4539 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
4540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4542 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4543 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4544 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4545 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4546 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4547 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4548 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4550 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4551 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4552 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4554 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4555 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4556 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4558 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4559 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4560 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4561 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4563 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4564 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4565 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4566 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4567 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4568 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4569 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4575 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4576 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4577 Comments start with `#'.
4578 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4580 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4590 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4591 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4592 Comments start with `;'.
4593 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4595 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4597 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4598 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4599 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4601 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4602 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4606 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4607 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4608 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4609 between `/*' and `*/'.
4610 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4612 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4613 // another kind of comment
4625 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4626 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4627 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4628 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4629 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4630 `conf-space-keywords'.
4631 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4632 in an interactive fashion instead.
4634 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4636 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4638 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4642 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4644 # Standard multimedia devices
4645 add /dev/audio desktop
4646 add /dev/mixer desktop
4650 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4651 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4652 See `conf-space-mode'.
4654 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4656 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4657 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4658 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4659 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4661 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4663 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4664 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4668 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4669 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4670 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4671 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4673 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4675 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4676 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4680 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4681 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4682 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4683 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4685 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21670 32331 385639
4696 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4698 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4699 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4700 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4701 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4702 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4703 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4705 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4707 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4708 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4709 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4710 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4712 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4714 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4715 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4716 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4717 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4719 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21670
4724 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
4725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4726 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4727 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4728 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4730 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4731 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4732 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4733 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4734 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4735 following the copyright are updated as well.
4736 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4739 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4741 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4742 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4743 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4744 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4745 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4749 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4750 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4752 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4754 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4755 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4756 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4758 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21670
4763 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
4764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4765 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4766 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4767 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4768 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4769 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4770 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4771 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4773 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4774 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4775 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4776 Tab indents for Perl code.
4777 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4778 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4780 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4781 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4782 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4783 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4784 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4785 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4786 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4787 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4788 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4789 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4790 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4791 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4793 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4795 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4796 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4798 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4800 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4801 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4802 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4803 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4804 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4805 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4806 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4807 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4808 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4810 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4814 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4815 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4816 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4819 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4820 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4821 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4823 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4825 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4826 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4827 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4828 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4829 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4831 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4841 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4842 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4843 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4844 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4845 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4846 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4847 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4848 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4849 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4850 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4851 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4852 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4853 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4855 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4856 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4857 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4858 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4859 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4860 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4862 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4863 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4866 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4867 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4868 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4869 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4870 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4872 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4873 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4874 span the needed amount of lines.
4876 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4877 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4878 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4879 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4881 Variables controlling indentation style:
4882 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4883 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4884 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4885 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4886 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4887 `cperl-auto-newline'
4888 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4889 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4890 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4891 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4892 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4893 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4894 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4895 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4896 `cperl-indent-level'
4897 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4898 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4899 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4900 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4901 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4902 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4903 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4904 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4905 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4906 `cperl-brace-offset'
4907 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4908 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4909 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4910 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4911 `cperl-label-offset'
4912 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4913 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4914 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4916 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4917 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4918 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4919 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4920 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4921 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4923 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4924 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4925 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4926 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4928 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4929 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4930 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4931 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4932 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4933 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4934 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4936 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4937 column 0 is indented on
4938 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4940 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4943 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4944 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4945 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4949 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4950 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4954 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4955 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21670 32331 385639
4963 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4965 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4966 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4967 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4968 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4969 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4973 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4974 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21670 32330 885624
4982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4984 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4985 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4986 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4987 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4988 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4989 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4990 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4991 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4993 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4994 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4996 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4997 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4998 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5000 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5001 with empty strings removed.
5003 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21721 59582
5008 ;;;;;; 784612 824000))
5009 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5011 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5012 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5015 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5017 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5018 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21670 32330
5025 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5028 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5029 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5030 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5033 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5035 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5037 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5038 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5039 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5040 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5041 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5043 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5044 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5045 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5046 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5047 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5048 normal function of these prefix keys.
5050 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5051 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5053 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5054 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5055 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5057 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5058 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5059 the prefix fallback behavior.
5061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5063 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5064 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21670 32330
5071 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5074 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5075 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5076 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21670 32330 885624
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5086 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5087 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5089 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5091 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5092 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5094 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5096 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5097 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5099 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5101 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5102 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5104 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5105 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5107 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5108 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5110 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5112 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5114 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5115 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5116 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5118 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5119 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5121 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5122 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5124 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5125 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5127 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5129 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5131 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5132 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5135 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5136 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5138 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5139 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5141 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5142 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5144 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5146 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5148 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5149 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5150 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5151 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5153 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5154 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5155 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5157 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5159 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5160 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5161 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5162 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5163 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5167 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5168 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5169 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5170 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5174 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5175 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5176 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5178 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5180 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5181 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5183 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5185 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5187 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5188 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5190 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5192 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5194 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5195 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5196 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5198 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5200 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5201 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5202 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5203 as part of Emacs itself.
5205 Each elements looks like this:
5207 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5209 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5210 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5211 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5212 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5213 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5214 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5215 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5218 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5220 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5221 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5222 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5223 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5224 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5226 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5227 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5228 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5229 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5231 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5233 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5234 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5235 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5236 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5237 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5240 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5241 that were added or redefined since that version.
5243 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5245 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5247 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5248 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5250 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5252 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5253 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5255 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5257 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5258 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5259 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5261 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5262 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5264 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5266 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5267 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5271 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5272 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5276 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize all saved options and faces.
5281 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5282 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5283 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5284 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5285 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5286 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5288 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5289 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5290 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5292 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5294 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5295 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5297 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5299 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5300 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5302 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5304 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5305 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5307 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5309 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5310 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5311 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5312 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5316 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5317 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5318 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5319 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5320 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5322 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5324 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5326 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5327 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5328 The result includes selecting that window.
5329 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5330 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5331 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5334 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5336 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5337 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5339 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5341 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5342 File used for storing customization information.
5343 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5344 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5345 it should be an absolute file name.
5347 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5348 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5349 something like the following in your init file:
5351 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5354 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5355 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5357 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5358 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5359 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5360 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5361 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5363 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5364 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5365 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5366 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5367 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5368 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5369 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5370 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5371 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5372 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5374 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5376 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5377 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5381 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5382 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5386 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5387 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5388 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5390 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5392 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5393 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5394 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5395 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5396 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5398 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21670 32330 885624
5404 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5406 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5407 Create or edit a custom theme.
5408 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5409 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5410 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5411 from the Custom save file.
5412 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5413 named *Custom Theme*.
5415 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5417 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5418 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5422 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5423 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5427 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5428 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5429 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5430 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5432 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21670 32331
5437 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
5438 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5440 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5441 Mode used for cvs status output.
5447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21670 32331 385639
5449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5450 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5452 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5453 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5455 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5457 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5458 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5459 C++ modes are included.
5461 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5462 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5463 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5467 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5469 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5470 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5471 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5474 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5476 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5478 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5479 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5480 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5481 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5482 ARG is omitted or nil.
5484 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5485 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5486 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21670
5493 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
5494 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5496 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5497 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5499 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5501 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5502 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5504 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5506 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5507 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5508 For readability, the table is slightly
5509 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5511 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5512 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5513 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5514 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5515 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5517 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21670 32330 885624
5523 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5524 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5525 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5526 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5527 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5529 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5530 Completion on current word.
5531 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5532 and presents suggestions for completion.
5534 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5535 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5538 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5539 then it searches *all* buffers.
5541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5543 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5544 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5546 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5547 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5548 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5549 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5550 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5552 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5553 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5555 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5556 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5557 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5559 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5560 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5562 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21670 32330
5569 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5570 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5572 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5573 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5575 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21743 190 195328 729000))
5580 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5582 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5583 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5584 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5585 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5586 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21670 32331
5593 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
5594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5596 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5597 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5599 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5600 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5601 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5603 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5604 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5605 Data lines are not indented.
5610 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5612 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5613 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5614 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5615 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5617 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5620 Extra indentation within blocks.
5622 dcl-continuation-offset
5623 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5626 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5628 dcl-margin-label-offset
5629 Indentation for a label.
5631 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5632 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5634 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5635 dcl-block-end-regexp
5636 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5637 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5638 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5639 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5640 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5642 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5643 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5644 Two such functions are included in the package:
5645 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5646 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5648 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5649 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5650 One such function is included in the package:
5651 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5653 dcl-tab-always-indent
5654 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5655 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5658 dcl-electric-characters
5659 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5662 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5663 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5664 which words trigger electric indentation.
5667 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5668 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5669 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5671 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5672 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5673 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5674 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5676 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5677 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5678 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5679 dcl-imenu-label-call
5680 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5682 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5683 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5684 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5685 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5688 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5690 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5691 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5692 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5694 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5695 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5699 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5700 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5701 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5702 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5703 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5704 \"lined up with the command line\"
5706 Data lines are not indented at all.
5707 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5712 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5713 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21741 44862
5720 ;;;;;; 355415 471000))
5721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5723 (setq debugger 'debug)
5725 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5726 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5727 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5730 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5731 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5732 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5734 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5736 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5737 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5739 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5741 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5742 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5743 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5744 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5745 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5746 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5748 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5749 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5751 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5753 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5754 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5755 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5756 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5757 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5759 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21670 32331
5764 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
5765 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5767 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5768 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5772 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5773 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5774 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5775 Upper-case letters are commands.
5777 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5780 The most useful commands are:
5781 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5782 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5783 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5784 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5785 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5786 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21670 32330 885624
5794 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5795 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5797 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5798 Customization of `columns' group.
5802 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5803 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5805 START and END delimits the text region.
5807 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5809 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5810 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5812 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5814 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21716 41663 456033 27000))
5819 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5821 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5823 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5824 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5825 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5826 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5827 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5828 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5830 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5832 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5833 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5834 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5835 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5836 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5838 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5839 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5840 point regardless of any selection.
5842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21703 29629
5847 ;;;;;; 608890 826000))
5848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5850 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5851 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5853 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5855 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5856 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5857 or nil if there is no parent.
5858 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5859 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5860 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5861 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5862 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5864 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5865 arguments are currently understood:
5867 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5868 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5870 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5871 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5873 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5874 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5876 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5878 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5880 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5881 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5882 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5884 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5885 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5887 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5888 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5889 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5891 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5892 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5894 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5895 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5897 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5899 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5901 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5903 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5905 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5906 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5907 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5908 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5909 the first time the mode is used.
5911 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21695 35516 595262
5917 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5919 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5920 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5921 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5922 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5923 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5924 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5927 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5929 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5930 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5931 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5932 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5934 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5935 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5936 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5938 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5939 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5940 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5941 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5942 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5943 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5946 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5948 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
5949 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
5951 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
5952 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
5953 Otherwise return a description formatted by
5954 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
5955 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
5956 minibuffer window for width limit.
5958 This function is meant to be used as a value of
5959 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
5965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21732 29888 498897
5967 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5969 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5970 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5971 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5973 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5974 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5976 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5978 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5979 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5980 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5981 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5984 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5985 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5986 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5987 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5989 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5990 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5992 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5993 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5995 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5997 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6001 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6002 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6003 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6004 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6006 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6008 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6009 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6011 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6012 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6013 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6015 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6016 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6018 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6019 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6020 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6022 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6023 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6024 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6025 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6027 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6029 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6030 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6032 Handlers are called with argument list
6034 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6036 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6038 `desktop-file-version'
6039 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6040 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6041 `desktop-buffer-point'
6042 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6043 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6044 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6046 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6047 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6049 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6052 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6054 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6055 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6057 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6059 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6061 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6062 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6063 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6064 List elements must have the form
6066 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6068 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6071 Handlers are called with argument list
6073 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6075 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6077 `desktop-file-version'
6078 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6079 `desktop-buffer-name'
6080 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6081 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6082 `desktop-buffer-point'
6083 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6084 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6085 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6087 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6088 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6091 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6094 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6096 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6097 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6099 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6101 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6103 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6105 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6107 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6108 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6109 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6110 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6111 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6116 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6117 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6118 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6119 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6120 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6121 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6122 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6124 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6126 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6127 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6128 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6132 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6133 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6134 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6135 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6136 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6137 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6138 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6139 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6141 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6143 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6144 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6145 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6149 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6151 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6152 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6153 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6154 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6157 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6159 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6160 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6164 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6165 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21670 32330
6172 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
6173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6175 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6176 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6177 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6178 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6179 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6180 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6182 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6184 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6185 Repair a broken attribution line.
6186 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6188 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6190 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6191 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6192 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6193 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6195 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6197 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6198 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21670
6205 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
6206 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6208 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6209 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6210 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6211 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6212 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6216 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6217 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6218 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6219 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6221 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6222 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6223 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6224 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6226 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6227 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6229 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6230 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6231 calendar-date-style 'european
6232 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6234 \(diary-mail-entries)
6236 # diary-rem.el ends here
6238 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6240 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6241 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
6248 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6250 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6251 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6253 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6255 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6256 The command to use to run diff.")
6258 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6260 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6261 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6262 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6263 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6264 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6265 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6267 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6268 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6269 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6271 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6273 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6274 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6275 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6276 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6277 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6278 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6280 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6282 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6283 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6287 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6288 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6289 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6291 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21670 32331
6296 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6297 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6299 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6300 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6301 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6304 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6305 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6306 headers for you on-the-fly.
6308 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6309 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6310 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6316 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6317 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6318 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6319 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6320 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6322 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
6329 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6331 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6332 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6333 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6335 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21670 32624 385626 484000))
6340 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6342 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6343 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6344 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6345 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6346 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6347 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6348 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6349 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6351 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6353 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6354 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6355 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6356 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6357 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6358 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6360 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6361 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6362 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6363 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6364 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6365 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6366 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6367 list of files to make directory entries for.
6368 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6369 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6370 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6372 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6374 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6375 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6377 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6378 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6380 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6381 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6383 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6384 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6386 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6388 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6389 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6391 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6393 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6394 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6395 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6396 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6397 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6398 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6399 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6400 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6401 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6402 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6403 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6404 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6405 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6406 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6407 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6408 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6409 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6410 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6411 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6412 to see why something went wrong.
6413 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6414 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6415 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6416 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6417 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6418 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6419 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6420 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6421 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6422 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6423 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6424 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6425 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6427 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6428 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6429 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6430 again for the directory tree.
6432 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6435 `dired-listing-switches'
6436 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6439 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6440 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6441 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6442 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6444 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6446 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6447 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6454 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6455 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21670 32330 885624
6461 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6463 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6464 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6465 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6466 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6467 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6469 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6470 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6471 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6473 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6474 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6479 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6480 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6481 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6482 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6483 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6484 from `default-directory'.
6486 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21670 32330
6491 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
6492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6494 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6495 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6496 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6497 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6498 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6499 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6501 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21670 32330 885624
6507 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6509 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6510 Return a new, empty display table.
6514 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6515 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6516 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6517 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6518 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6520 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6522 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6523 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6524 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6525 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6526 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6528 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6530 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6531 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6535 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6536 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6540 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6541 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6543 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6544 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6546 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6547 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6550 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6551 in the default way after this call.
6555 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6556 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6560 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6561 Display character C using printable string S.
6565 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6566 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6567 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6568 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6570 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6572 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6573 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6574 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6577 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6579 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6580 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6582 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6584 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6585 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6587 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6589 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6590 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6592 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6594 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6595 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6597 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6599 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6600 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6602 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6604 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6605 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6607 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6608 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6610 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6611 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6613 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6614 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6615 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6616 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6618 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6619 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6620 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21670 32331
6628 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
6629 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6631 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6632 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6633 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6634 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6635 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6636 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6637 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6645 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6647 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6648 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6649 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6650 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6651 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6652 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6654 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6655 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6656 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6657 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6658 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6660 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21670 32331
6665 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6666 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6668 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6669 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6670 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6671 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6672 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6673 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6674 table and its own syntax table.
6676 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6679 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6681 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6682 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21716 41663 456033
6690 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6692 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6693 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6694 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6695 OpenDocument format).
6697 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6699 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6700 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6702 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6703 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6705 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6706 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6707 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6711 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6712 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6713 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6714 to the next best mode.
6718 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6719 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6720 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6721 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6722 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6724 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6728 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21670 32331 385639
6737 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6739 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6740 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6749 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6750 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6751 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6752 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6753 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6755 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6756 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21670 32331 385639
6764 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6765 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6767 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6768 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21732
6775 ;;;;;; 29888 498897 471000))
6776 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6778 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6780 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6781 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6782 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6783 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6784 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6786 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6787 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6788 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6789 and disables it otherwise.
6791 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6792 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6793 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6794 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6796 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6797 documenting what its argument does.
6799 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6800 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6801 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6802 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6803 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6804 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6805 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6806 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6808 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6809 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6810 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6811 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6812 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6813 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6814 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6815 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6816 the minor mode is global):
6818 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6819 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6820 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6821 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6822 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6823 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6824 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6825 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6826 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6827 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6828 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6829 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6830 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6831 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6832 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6833 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6834 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6835 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6836 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6837 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6840 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6841 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6843 For example, you could write
6844 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6845 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6848 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6850 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6852 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6854 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6856 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6858 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6859 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6860 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6861 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6862 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6863 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6864 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6865 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6866 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6867 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6868 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6869 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6871 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6872 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6873 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6874 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6875 call another major mode in their body.
6877 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6878 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6879 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6881 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6883 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6885 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6886 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6887 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6888 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6889 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6890 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6891 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6893 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6895 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6896 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6897 :inherit Parent keymap.
6899 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6900 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6902 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6904 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6905 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6906 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6907 the constant's documentation.
6909 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6911 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6912 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6913 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6915 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21670
6920 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
6921 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6923 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6924 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6925 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6926 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6928 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6929 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6930 as a top-level menu bar item.
6932 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6933 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6937 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6938 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6939 items to actually display.
6942 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6943 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6944 alias for `:visible'.
6947 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6948 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6949 an alias for `:active'.
6951 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6952 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6954 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6956 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6958 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6959 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6961 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6962 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6964 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6966 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6968 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6969 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6972 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6973 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6974 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6975 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6978 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6979 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6980 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6981 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6984 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6985 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6986 alias for `:active'.
6989 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6990 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6994 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6995 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6998 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6999 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7002 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7003 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7004 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7007 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7008 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7011 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7013 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7014 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7015 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7017 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7018 MENU. This is a submenu.
7020 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7022 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7024 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7027 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7029 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7030 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7031 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7032 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7034 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7036 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7037 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7038 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7039 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7040 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7041 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7043 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7044 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7045 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7047 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7048 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7049 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7051 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7052 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7054 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21670 32331
7059 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7061 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7063 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7064 Customization for ebnf group.
7068 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7069 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7071 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7073 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7076 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7078 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7080 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7081 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7083 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7084 killed after process termination.
7086 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7088 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7090 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7091 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7093 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7094 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7097 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7098 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7099 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7100 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7102 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7104 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7105 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7106 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7108 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7110 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7111 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7113 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7115 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7118 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7120 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7122 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7123 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7125 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7126 killed after process termination.
7128 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7130 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7132 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7133 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7134 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7135 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7137 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7141 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7142 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7143 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7145 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7147 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7149 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7150 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7152 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7154 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7157 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7159 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7161 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7162 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7164 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7165 killed after EPS generation.
7167 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7169 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7171 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7172 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7174 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7175 The EPS file name has the following form:
7177 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7179 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7180 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7182 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7183 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7184 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7185 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7186 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7188 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7193 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7194 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7196 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7197 The EPS file name has the following form:
7199 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7201 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7202 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7204 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7205 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7206 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7207 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7208 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7210 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7213 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7215 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7217 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7218 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7220 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7222 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7225 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7227 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7232 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7233 killed after syntax checking.
7235 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7237 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7247 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7249 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7250 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7254 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7255 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7257 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7261 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7262 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7264 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7266 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7268 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7271 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7275 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7276 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7278 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7280 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7282 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7283 Set STYLE as the current style.
7285 Returns the old style symbol.
7287 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7291 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7292 Reset current style.
7294 Returns the old style symbol.
7296 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7298 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7300 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7301 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7303 Returns the old style symbol.
7305 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7307 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7309 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7311 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7312 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7314 Returns the old style symbol.
7316 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7318 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21670 32331
7325 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7326 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7328 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7329 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7330 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7331 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7332 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7333 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7335 Tree mode key bindings:
7336 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7340 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7341 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7345 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7346 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7350 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7351 View declaration of member at point.
7355 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7356 Find declaration of member at point.
7360 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7361 View definition of member at point.
7365 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7366 Find definition of member at point.
7370 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7371 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7375 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7376 View definition of member at point in other window.
7380 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7381 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7386 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7390 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7391 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7395 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7396 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7401 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7402 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7403 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7406 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7408 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7409 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7410 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7411 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7413 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7415 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7416 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7417 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7418 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7420 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7423 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7424 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7426 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7428 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7429 Search for call sites of a member.
7430 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7431 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7432 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7433 looks like a function call to the member.
7435 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7437 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7438 Move backward in the position stack.
7439 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7443 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7444 Move forward in the position stack.
7445 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7450 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7455 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7459 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7460 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7461 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7462 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7464 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7466 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7467 Display statistics for a class tree.
7473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
7475 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7477 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7478 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7479 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7480 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7481 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7482 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7483 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7485 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7487 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7488 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7489 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7490 also has this effect.
7491 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7492 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7493 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7494 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7495 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7496 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7497 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7498 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7499 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7500 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
7508 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7510 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7511 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7512 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7514 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21670 32330
7519 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7522 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21715 20800 626041 761000))
7530 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7531 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7533 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7534 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7535 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7537 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7538 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7540 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7542 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7543 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7544 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7545 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7546 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7548 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7549 an EDE controlled project.
7551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21741 44862
7556 ;;;;;; 856033 862000))
7557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7559 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7560 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7561 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7562 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7563 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7565 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7566 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7567 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7568 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7570 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7572 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7573 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7574 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7575 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7577 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7579 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7580 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7581 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7582 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7584 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7586 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7588 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7589 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7590 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7591 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7592 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7594 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7595 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7596 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7597 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7598 instrumented for Edebug.
7600 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7601 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7602 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7603 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7608 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7609 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7613 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7614 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
7621 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7622 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7624 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7625 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7627 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7629 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7630 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7632 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7634 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7636 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7638 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7639 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7640 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7641 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7645 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7646 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7647 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7648 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7652 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7653 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7655 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7657 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7659 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7660 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7662 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7664 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7666 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7667 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7668 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7669 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7671 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7673 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7675 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7676 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7677 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7678 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7680 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7682 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7684 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7685 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7686 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7687 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7689 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7691 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7693 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7694 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7695 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7696 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7698 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7700 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7702 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7703 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7704 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7705 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7706 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7707 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7709 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7711 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7712 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7713 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7714 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7716 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7718 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7720 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7721 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7722 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7723 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7725 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7727 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7729 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7731 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7732 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7733 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7735 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7736 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7738 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7740 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7741 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7742 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7744 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7745 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7747 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7749 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7750 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7751 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7752 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7753 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7755 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7757 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7758 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7759 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7760 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7761 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7762 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7764 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7766 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7768 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7769 Merge two files without ancestor.
7771 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7773 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7774 Merge two files with ancestor.
7776 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7778 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7780 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7781 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7783 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7785 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7786 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7788 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7790 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7791 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7792 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7795 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7797 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7798 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7799 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7802 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7804 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7805 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7806 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7807 and don't ask the user.
7808 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7809 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7811 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7813 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7814 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7815 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7816 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7817 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7818 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7819 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7820 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7822 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7824 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7826 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7828 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7829 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7830 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7831 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7832 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7834 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7836 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7838 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7839 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7840 When called interactively, displays the version.
7844 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7845 Display Ediff's manual.
7846 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7848 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7850 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7855 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7860 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7865 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7870 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7875 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7880 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7885 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21670 32331
7893 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7894 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7896 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21670 32331
7904 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7905 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7907 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7908 Display Ediff's registry.
7912 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21670 32331
7917 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7918 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7920 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7921 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7922 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7927 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7928 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7929 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7930 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21670 32330 885624
7938 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7939 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7941 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7942 Edit a keyboard macro.
7943 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7944 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7945 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7947 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7949 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7951 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7952 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7954 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7956 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7957 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7959 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7961 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7962 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7963 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7964 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7965 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7966 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7968 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7969 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7970 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7971 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7973 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7975 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7976 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7977 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7978 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7979 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7980 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7982 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21670 32330 885624
7988 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7990 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7992 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7993 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7995 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7997 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7998 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8005 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8007 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8008 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8009 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8010 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8011 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8012 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8013 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8015 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8016 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8018 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8019 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8020 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8021 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8023 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8024 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8025 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8027 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8028 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8029 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8031 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8033 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8036 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21735 6155 666757
8042 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8043 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21729
8048 ;;;;;; 53695 825320 214000))
8049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8050 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8052 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8053 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8054 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8055 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8056 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8057 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8058 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8060 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21670 32330 885624
8066 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8068 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8069 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8071 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8072 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8073 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8075 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8077 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8078 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8079 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8081 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8082 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8084 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8086 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8087 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8088 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8089 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8090 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8092 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8093 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8094 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21670 32330 885624
8102 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8104 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8105 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8107 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8108 an elided material again.
8110 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21670 32330
8117 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8118 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8120 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8125 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8126 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8127 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8129 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8131 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8132 Lint the current buffer.
8133 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8137 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8138 Lint the function at point.
8139 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8143 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8145 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8146 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8148 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21670 32330 885624
8154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8156 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8157 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8158 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8160 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8162 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8163 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8164 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8165 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8167 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8169 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8170 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8171 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8173 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8175 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8177 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8178 Display current profiling results.
8179 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8180 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21670 32330 885624
8189 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8191 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8192 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8193 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8194 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8195 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8196 ARG is omitted or nil.
8198 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8199 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8200 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8203 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8205 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8206 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8207 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8209 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21670 32331
8216 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
8217 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8219 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8220 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8221 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8223 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8225 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 54478 800121
8231 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8233 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8234 Run Emerge on two files.
8236 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8238 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8239 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8241 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8243 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8244 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8246 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8248 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8249 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8251 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8253 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8258 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8263 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8266 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8268 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8271 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8273 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8274 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8276 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8278 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8279 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8281 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8283 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8286 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21691 38459
8291 ;;;;;; 74604 918000))
8292 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8294 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8295 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8296 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8297 text/enriched format.
8299 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8300 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8301 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8303 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8305 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8306 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8310 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8314 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8317 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8319 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8322 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8327 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8329 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8330 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8332 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8334 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8335 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8337 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8339 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8340 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8341 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8342 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8343 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8344 the keys are listed.
8345 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8347 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8349 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8350 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8351 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8353 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8355 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8360 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8361 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8363 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8365 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8366 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8368 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8370 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8371 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8373 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8374 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8375 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8376 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8378 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8379 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8380 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8381 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8382 should consider using the string based counterpart
8383 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8384 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8388 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8389 (decode-coding-string
8390 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8393 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8395 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8396 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8398 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8399 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8401 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8403 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8405 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8406 Verify the current region between START and END.
8408 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8409 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8410 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8411 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8412 should consider using the string based counterpart
8413 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8414 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8418 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8419 (decode-coding-string
8420 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8423 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8425 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8427 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8428 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8429 between START and END.
8431 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8432 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8434 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8436 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8438 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8439 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8441 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8442 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8443 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8444 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8445 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8446 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8450 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8453 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8455 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8457 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8459 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8460 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8462 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8463 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8464 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8465 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8466 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8467 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8471 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8474 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8477 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8479 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8481 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8482 Delete selected KEYS.
8484 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8486 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8487 Import keys from FILE.
8491 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8492 Import keys from the region.
8494 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8496 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8497 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8498 between START and END.
8500 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8502 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8503 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8505 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8507 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8508 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8518 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8519 Decrypt marked files.
8523 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8524 Verify marked files.
8528 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8533 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8534 Encrypt marked files.
8540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
8542 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8544 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8547 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8549 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8554 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21670 32330 885624
8563 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8565 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8566 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8567 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8568 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8569 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8573 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8574 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8575 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8579 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8581 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8582 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8583 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8587 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8589 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8590 Sign the current buffer.
8591 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8593 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8595 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8597 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8598 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8599 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8600 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8601 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8602 and also whether and how to sign.
8604 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8605 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8606 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8608 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8610 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8612 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8613 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8614 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8618 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8620 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8621 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8622 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8624 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8625 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8627 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8629 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8630 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8631 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8632 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8633 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8640 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8641 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8643 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8644 Return a context object.
8646 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21670 32330 885624
8652 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8654 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8655 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8659 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8660 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8662 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8664 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8665 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8667 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8672 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8674 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8675 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8679 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8680 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8681 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8683 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8685 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8686 (server (erc-compute-server))
8687 (port (erc-compute-port))
8688 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8690 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8692 That is, if called with
8694 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8696 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8697 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8698 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8700 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8702 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8704 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8705 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8706 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8708 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8710 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8711 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8712 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8713 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8715 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21670
8720 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
8721 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8722 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21670 32330
8727 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8728 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8729 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21670 32330
8734 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8736 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21670 32330
8741 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8742 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8743 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21696 56380 925320
8749 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8750 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8752 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8753 Parser for /dcc command.
8754 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8755 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8756 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8758 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8760 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8761 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8765 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8766 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8768 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8769 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8770 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8773 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8778 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8779 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8780 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21670
8785 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
8786 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8788 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8789 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8791 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8793 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8794 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8795 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8796 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8798 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8800 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8803 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8805 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8806 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8808 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8810 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8811 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8813 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8815 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8816 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8818 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8820 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8821 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8823 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8825 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8826 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8828 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8830 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8831 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8833 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8835 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8836 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8840 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8841 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21670 32330 885624
8849 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8850 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8852 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8853 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8854 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21670 32330
8861 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8862 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8863 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8865 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8866 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8867 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8868 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8869 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8870 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8873 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8875 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8878 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21670 32330
8883 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8884 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8886 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21670 32330 885624
8895 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8896 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21670 32330 885624
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8903 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21670 32330 885624
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8910 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8912 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8913 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8914 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8915 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8916 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8917 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8919 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8921 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8922 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8923 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8924 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8926 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8927 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8930 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8931 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8933 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21670 32330
8938 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8940 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8942 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8943 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8947 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8948 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8952 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8953 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8957 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8958 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8962 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8963 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8967 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8968 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8972 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8973 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8977 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8978 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
8986 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8987 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21670
8992 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8994 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8996 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21670
9004 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9005 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9007 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9008 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9009 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9010 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9014 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9015 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21670 32330
9022 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9023 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9024 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9026 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9027 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9028 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9029 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9031 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9033 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21670 32330 885624
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21670
9048 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9050 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21670 32330
9055 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9056 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9057 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
9063 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9064 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21670
9069 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9070 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9071 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9073 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9074 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9078 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9079 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9080 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9082 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21670 32330
9087 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9088 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9089 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21670
9094 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9095 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9097 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9098 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9099 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21727
9106 ;;;;;; 11963 635339 992000))
9107 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9108 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21670 32330
9113 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9114 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9115 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21670 32330
9120 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9121 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9123 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9124 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9125 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9127 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9129 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9130 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9131 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9132 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9133 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9135 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9136 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9137 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9138 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9141 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21670
9146 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9148 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9150 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9151 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9152 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9153 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9155 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9157 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9158 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9159 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9168 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9170 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9171 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21670 32330 885624
9179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9181 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9182 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9184 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9185 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9187 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9188 useful for assertions in BODY.
9190 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9192 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9193 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9194 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9196 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9198 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9200 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9202 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9204 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9206 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9207 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9209 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9210 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9211 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9212 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9214 Returns the stats object.
9216 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9218 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9219 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9221 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9222 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9223 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9226 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9228 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9229 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9231 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9232 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9233 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9234 and how to display message.
9236 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9238 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9240 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9241 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9243 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21670 32330
9248 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9251 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9253 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9254 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21670 32330
9261 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9264 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9265 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21670 32330 885624
9273 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9274 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9276 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9277 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9278 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9279 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9280 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9281 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9282 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9283 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9284 buffer selected (or created).
9286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9288 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9289 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9290 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9292 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9294 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9295 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9296 The result might be any Lisp object.
9297 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9298 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9299 corresponding to a successful execution.
9301 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9303 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21696 56380 925320
9309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9311 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9312 File name of tags table.
9313 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9314 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9315 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9316 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9317 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9319 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9320 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9321 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9322 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9324 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9326 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9327 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9328 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9329 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9330 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9331 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9333 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9335 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9336 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9337 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9339 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9341 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9342 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9343 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9344 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9345 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9347 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9349 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9350 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9351 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9352 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9354 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9356 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9357 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9358 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9359 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9360 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9362 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9364 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9365 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9369 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9370 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9371 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9372 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9374 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9375 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9376 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9377 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9378 file the tag was in.
9380 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9382 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9383 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9384 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9385 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9386 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9387 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9388 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9389 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9390 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9392 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9394 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9395 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9396 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9397 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9398 without directory names.
9402 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9406 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9407 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9410 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9412 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9413 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9414 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9415 but does not select the buffer.
9416 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9418 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9419 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9420 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9421 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9422 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9424 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9426 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9427 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9428 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9430 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9432 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9434 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9435 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9436 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9437 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9439 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9440 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9441 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9442 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9443 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9445 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9447 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9448 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9449 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9451 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9453 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9455 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9456 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9457 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9458 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9459 around or before point.
9461 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9462 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9463 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9464 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9465 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9467 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9469 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9470 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9471 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9473 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9475 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9477 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9479 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9480 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9481 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9482 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9483 around or before point.
9485 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9486 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9487 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9488 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9489 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9491 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9493 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9494 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9495 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9497 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9499 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9501 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9503 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9504 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9505 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9507 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9508 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9509 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9510 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9511 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9513 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9515 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9516 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9517 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9519 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9521 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9523 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9525 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9527 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9528 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9530 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9531 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9532 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9534 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9535 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9537 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9538 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9540 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9542 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9543 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9544 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9545 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9547 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9548 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9549 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9550 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9551 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9553 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9555 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9557 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9558 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9559 Stops when a match is found.
9560 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9562 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9563 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9564 restricted to these files.
9566 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9568 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9570 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9571 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9572 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9573 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9574 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9575 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9576 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9577 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9579 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9580 produce the list of files to search.
9582 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9584 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9586 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9587 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9588 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9589 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9590 directory specification.
9592 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9594 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9595 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9597 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9599 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9601 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9602 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9603 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9604 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9608 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9609 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9610 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9611 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9612 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9616 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9619 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21670
9624 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
9625 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9627 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9632 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9633 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9635 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9636 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9638 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9639 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9642 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9643 even if the buffer is read-only.
9645 See also the descriptions of the variables
9646 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9648 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9650 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9651 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9653 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9654 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9656 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9657 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9660 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9661 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9663 See also the descriptions of the variables
9664 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9666 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9668 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9669 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9670 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9671 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9673 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9675 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9676 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9677 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9678 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9680 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9681 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9684 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9685 buffer is read-only.
9687 See also the descriptions of the variables
9688 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9689 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9691 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9693 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9694 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9696 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9697 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9699 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9700 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9701 the primary language.
9703 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9704 buffer is read-only.
9706 See also the descriptions of the variables
9707 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9708 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9710 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9712 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9713 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9714 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9716 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9718 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9719 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9723 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9724 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9726 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9727 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9730 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9731 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9732 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9734 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9736 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9738 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9739 This function is deprecated.
9743 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9744 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9748 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9749 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9753 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9754 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9756 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9757 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9759 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9760 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9764 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9765 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9769 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9770 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9774 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9775 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9779 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9780 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9781 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9785 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9788 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21704 50495 455324 752000))
9793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9795 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9796 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9797 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9798 server for future sessions.
9800 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9802 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9803 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9804 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9806 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9808 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9809 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9810 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9812 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9814 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9815 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9816 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9817 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9818 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9819 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9820 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9821 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9822 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9823 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9824 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9825 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9827 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9829 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9830 Display a form to query the directory server.
9831 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9832 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9834 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9836 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9837 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9838 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9842 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21704 50495 455324
9848 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9850 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9851 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9853 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9855 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9856 Display URL and make it clickable.
9860 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9861 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9863 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9865 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9866 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9868 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9870 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9871 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9873 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9875 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9876 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9878 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21704 50495
9883 ;;;;;; 455324 752000))
9884 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9886 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9887 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9888 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9892 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
9893 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21704
9900 ;;;;;; 50495 455324 752000))
9901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9903 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
9904 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9912 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9914 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
9915 Create an empty ewoc.
9917 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9919 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9920 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9921 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9922 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9923 `insert-before-markers'.
9925 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9926 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9927 respectively, of the ewoc.
9929 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9930 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9931 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9933 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
9937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21731 9021 668220 181000))
9938 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9940 (defvar eww-suggest-uris
'(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url
) "\
9941 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
9942 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
9943 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
9944 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
9946 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris
"eww" t
)
9948 (autoload 'eww
"eww" "\
9949 Fetch URL and render the page.
9950 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9951 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9954 (defalias 'browse-web
'eww
)
9956 (autoload 'eww-open-file
"eww" "\
9957 Render a file using EWW.
9961 (autoload 'eww-search-words
"eww" "\
9962 Search the web for the text between the point and marker.
9963 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
9965 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil
)
9967 (autoload 'eww-mode
"eww" "\
9968 Mode for browsing the web.
9972 (autoload 'eww-browse-url
"eww" "\
9975 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil
)
9977 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks
"eww" "\
9978 Display the bookmarks.
9984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21670
9985 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
9986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9988 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
9989 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9990 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9992 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
9994 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
9995 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9996 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9997 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9998 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10000 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10002 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
10003 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10004 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10005 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10006 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10009 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10011 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
10012 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10013 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10017 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
10018 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10019 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
10027 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10029 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
10030 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10031 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10032 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10034 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10036 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10037 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10038 to generate such functions.
10040 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10041 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10042 beginning of the expanded text.
10044 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10045 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10046 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10047 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10049 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10051 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10053 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
10054 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10055 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10059 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
10060 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10061 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10065 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
10066 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10067 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10070 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10071 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21740 23998 526747
10077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10079 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
10080 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10081 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10083 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10084 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10085 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10087 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10092 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10095 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10097 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10099 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10100 `f90-program-indent'
10101 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10103 `f90-associate-indent'
10104 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10105 `f90-critical-indent'
10106 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10107 `f90-continuation-indent'
10108 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10109 `f90-comment-region'
10110 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10111 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10112 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10113 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10115 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10116 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10117 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10118 `f90-break-delimiters'
10119 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10120 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10121 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10122 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10124 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10125 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10127 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10128 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10129 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10130 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10131 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10132 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10133 `f90-leave-line-no'
10134 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10136 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10137 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21670 32330 885624
10145 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10147 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
10148 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10149 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10150 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10152 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10153 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10154 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10155 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10156 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10158 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10159 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10160 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10161 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10162 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10163 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10166 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10167 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10169 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10171 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
10172 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10173 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10174 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10176 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
10178 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
10179 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10180 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10181 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10183 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10184 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10185 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10187 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10188 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10189 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10190 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10192 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10194 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
10195 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10196 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10198 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10199 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10200 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10203 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil
)
10205 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
10206 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10207 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10209 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10210 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10211 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10212 will remove any scaling currently active.
10216 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
10217 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10218 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10221 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10222 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10223 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10224 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10226 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
10227 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10229 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10231 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10232 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10234 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10235 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10236 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10238 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10239 the face height as long as the input event read
10240 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10242 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10243 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10244 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10245 will remove any scaling currently active.
10247 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10248 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10249 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10250 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10251 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10255 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
10256 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10258 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10259 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10260 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10264 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
10265 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10266 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10267 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10268 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10269 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10270 `buffer-face-mode'.
10272 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10273 local, and sets it to FACE.
10275 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10277 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
10278 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10279 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10280 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10281 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10282 `face' text property.
10284 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10285 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10286 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10287 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10289 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10290 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10292 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10294 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
10295 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10296 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10297 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 54478
10304 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
10305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10306 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions
)
10308 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
10309 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10310 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10311 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10315 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
10316 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10320 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
10321 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10322 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10323 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10327 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
10328 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10329 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10330 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10331 backup file names and the like).
10333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10335 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
10336 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10337 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10338 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10339 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10340 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10341 internally by feedmail):
10343 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10344 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10345 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10346 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10348 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10349 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10350 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10351 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10352 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10354 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
10358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21696 56380 925320 624000))
10359 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10361 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
10362 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10363 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10364 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10365 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10366 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10367 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10369 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
10371 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
10372 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10373 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10374 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10375 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10376 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10377 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10379 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10381 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
10383 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
10384 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10385 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10386 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10387 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10388 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10390 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
10392 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
10393 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10394 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10396 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10397 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10402 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
10403 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10404 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10406 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10408 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point
"ffap" "\
10409 Try to get a file name at point.
10410 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10414 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
10415 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21740 23998 26747
10423 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10425 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
10426 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10427 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10428 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10430 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10432 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
10433 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10434 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10435 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10436 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10437 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10439 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10441 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
10442 Add FILE to the file cache.
10446 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
10447 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10448 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10450 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
10452 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
10453 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10454 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10456 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
10458 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
10459 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10460 This function does not use any external programs.
10461 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10462 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10463 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10465 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10467 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
10468 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10469 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10470 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10471 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10472 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10473 \(directories) is done.
10479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21704 50495 455324
10481 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10483 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event
"filenotify" "\
10484 Handle file system monitoring event.
10485 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10487 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10489 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10491 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21670 32330 885624
10497 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10499 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10500 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10502 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10503 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10504 Local Variables list.
10506 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10507 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10508 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10510 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil
)
10512 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10513 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10515 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil
)
10517 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10518 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10520 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10521 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10524 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10525 then this function adds it.
10527 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil
)
10529 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10530 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10532 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil
)
10534 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10535 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10537 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10539 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10540 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10542 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10544 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10545 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10549 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10550 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10554 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10555 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21670 32330 885624
10563 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10565 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10566 Filesets initialization.
10567 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21670 32330 885624
10575 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10576 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions
)
10578 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10579 Initiate the building of a find command.
10582 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10583 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10585 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10587 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10588 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10590 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
10596 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10598 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10599 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10600 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10602 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10604 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10605 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10607 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10609 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10610 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10611 and run Dired on those files.
10612 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10613 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10615 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10617 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10619 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10621 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10622 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10623 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10625 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10626 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10628 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10629 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10631 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
10637 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10639 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10640 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10641 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10642 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10643 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10644 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10645 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10647 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs
"find-file" t
)
10649 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10650 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10651 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10653 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10655 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10657 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10659 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10660 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10661 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10663 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10664 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10666 Variables of interest include:
10668 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10669 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10670 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10672 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10673 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10674 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10676 - `ff-ignore-include'
10677 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10679 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10680 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10683 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10685 - `ff-special-constructs'
10686 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10687 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10688 extracting the filename from that construct.
10690 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10691 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10693 - `ff-search-directories'
10694 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10695 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10697 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10698 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10700 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10701 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10703 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10704 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10706 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10707 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10709 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10710 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10712 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10714 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10715 Visit the file you click on.
10717 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10719 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10720 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10722 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21700
10727 ;;;;;; 53432 444919 658000))
10728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10730 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10731 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10732 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10734 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10736 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10737 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10738 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10739 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10741 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10742 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10743 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10744 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10746 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10748 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10749 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10751 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10752 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10753 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10754 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10756 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10757 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10758 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10760 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10761 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10764 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil
)
10766 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10767 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10769 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10770 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10771 places point before the definition.
10772 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10774 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10775 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10776 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10778 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10780 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10781 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10783 See `find-function' for more details.
10785 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10787 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10788 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10790 See `find-function' for more details.
10792 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10794 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10795 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10797 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10798 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10799 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10801 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10802 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10804 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10806 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10807 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10809 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10810 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10811 places point before the definition.
10813 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10815 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10816 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10817 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10819 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10821 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10822 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10824 See `find-variable' for more details.
10826 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10828 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10829 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10831 See `find-variable' for more details.
10833 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10835 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10836 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10837 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10838 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10839 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10840 buffer nor display it.
10842 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10843 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10845 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10847 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10848 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10850 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10851 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10852 places point before the definition.
10854 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10856 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10857 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10858 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10862 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10863 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10864 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10868 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10869 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10873 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10874 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10878 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10879 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21670 32330 885624
10887 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10889 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10890 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10892 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10894 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10895 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10899 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10900 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10902 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
10907 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10908 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions
)
10910 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10911 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10915 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10916 Display FILE's commentary section.
10917 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10921 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10922 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21670 32330 885624
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10932 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10933 Toggle flow control handling.
10934 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10935 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10937 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10939 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10940 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10941 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10942 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10943 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10944 to get the effect of a C-q.
10946 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
10950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21670 32330
10951 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
10952 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10954 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
10957 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
10959 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
10962 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
10966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21670 32331
10967 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
10968 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10969 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
10971 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
10972 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10973 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10974 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10975 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10976 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10980 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
10981 Turn flymake mode on.
10985 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
10986 Turn flymake mode off.
10990 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook
"flymake" "\
10997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21727 11963
10998 ;;;;;; 635339 992000))
10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11001 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
11002 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11005 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
"Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11007 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
11008 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11009 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11010 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11011 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11013 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11014 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11015 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11018 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11019 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11020 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11021 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11024 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11027 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11028 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11029 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11031 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11033 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11036 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11037 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11041 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11042 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11046 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11047 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11051 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
11052 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11056 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
11057 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11059 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
11061 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
11062 Flyspell whole buffer.
11068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21670 32330 885624
11070 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11071 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions
)
11075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11076 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11078 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11079 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11083 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11084 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11088 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
11089 Toggle Follow mode.
11090 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11091 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11092 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11094 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11095 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11097 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11098 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11099 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11101 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11102 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11103 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11106 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11107 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11108 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11109 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11110 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11113 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11114 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11116 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11118 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11120 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11121 \\{follow-mode-map}
11123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11125 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
11126 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11128 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11129 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11130 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11131 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11132 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11133 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11135 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11136 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11137 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21670 32331
11144 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11145 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11146 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions
)
11148 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
11149 Toggle Footnote mode.
11150 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11151 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11152 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11154 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11155 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11156 play around with the following keys:
11157 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11164 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11166 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
11167 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11169 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11170 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11171 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11172 C-c < forms-first-record <
11173 C-c > forms-last-record >
11174 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11175 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11176 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11177 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11178 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11179 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11180 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11181 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11182 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11183 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11185 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
11187 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
11188 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11192 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
11193 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21670 32331
11200 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11201 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11203 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
11204 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11205 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11207 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11208 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11210 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11213 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11215 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11217 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11218 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11219 `fortran-do-indent'
11220 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11221 `fortran-if-indent'
11222 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11223 `fortran-structure-indent'
11224 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11226 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11227 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11228 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11229 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11230 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11231 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11232 nil don't change the indentation
11233 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11235 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11236 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11237 depending on the continuation format in use.
11238 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11239 indentation for a line of code.
11241 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11242 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11243 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11244 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11245 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11246 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11247 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11248 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11249 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11250 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11252 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11253 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11254 statements (default nil).
11255 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11256 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11257 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11258 `fortran-continuation-string'
11259 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11260 line (default \"$\").
11261 `fortran-comment-region'
11262 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11263 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11264 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11265 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11266 as typed (default t).
11267 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11268 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11270 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11271 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21670 32331 385639
11279 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11281 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
11282 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11284 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11285 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11287 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
11289 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
11290 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11292 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11293 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11295 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
11297 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
11298 Compile fortune file.
11300 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11301 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11303 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11305 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
11306 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11308 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11309 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11310 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11311 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11313 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11315 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
11316 Display a fortune cookie.
11317 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11318 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11319 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11320 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11322 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21744 21055 525326
11328 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11330 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist
'((name .
:never
) (left . frameset-filter-iconified
) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer
) (top . frameset-filter-iconified
)) "\
11331 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11332 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11334 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist
(nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color
) (buffer-list .
:never
) (buffer-predicate .
:never
) (buried-buffer-list .
:never
) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param
) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color
) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param
) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param
) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param
) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param
) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param
) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param
) (outer-window-id .
:never
) (parent-id .
:never
) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI
) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI
) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param
) (window-id .
:never
) (window-system .
:never
)) frameset-session-filter-alist
) "\
11335 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11336 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11338 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist
"\
11339 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11341 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11342 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11344 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11345 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11346 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11347 intend to modify existing values, do
11349 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11351 before changing anything.
11353 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11354 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11356 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11357 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11358 to restore the frame.
11360 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11361 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11362 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11364 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11365 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11366 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11367 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11368 FILTER A filter function.
11370 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11371 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11373 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11377 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11378 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11379 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11380 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11381 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11382 before restoring it.
11383 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11385 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11387 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11388 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11389 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11391 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11392 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11394 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id
"frameset" "\
11395 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11396 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11397 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11398 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11399 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11400 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11402 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil
)
11404 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p
"frameset" "\
11405 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11407 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil
)
11409 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id
"frameset" "\
11410 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11411 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11412 If nil, check all live frames.
11414 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil
)
11416 (autoload 'frameset-save
"frameset" "\
11417 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11418 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11419 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11420 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11421 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11422 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11423 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11424 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11425 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11426 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11428 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil
)
11430 (autoload 'frameset-restore
"frameset" "\
11431 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11433 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11434 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11435 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11436 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11437 and window-state is not restored.
11439 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11440 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11442 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11443 t All existing frames can be reused.
11444 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11445 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11446 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11447 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11449 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11450 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11451 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11452 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11453 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11454 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11455 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11456 be created from that parameter alist.
11458 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11459 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11460 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11461 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11462 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11463 - the live frame just restored,
11464 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11465 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11466 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11468 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11469 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11470 nil Keep all frames.
11471 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11472 - FRAME, a live frame.
11473 - ACTION, which can be one of
11474 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11475 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11476 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11477 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11478 Return value is ignored.
11480 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11481 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11482 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11483 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11484 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11486 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11488 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil
)
11490 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register
"frameset" "\
11491 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11492 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11494 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
11496 (autoload 'frameset--print-register
"frameset" "\
11497 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11498 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11500 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
11502 (autoload 'frameset-to-register
"frameset" "\
11503 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11504 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11505 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11507 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11509 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil
)
11513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21720 38720
11514 ;;;;;; 956749 443000))
11515 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11516 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions
)
11520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21724 35774
11521 ;;;;;; 954622 790000))
11522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11524 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
11525 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11526 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11528 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" nil
)
11530 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" "\
11531 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11532 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11533 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11534 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11535 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11536 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11540 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-mi" "\
11541 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11542 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11543 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11545 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11546 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11547 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11548 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11549 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11551 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11552 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11553 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11554 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11556 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11557 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11558 shown in some of the buffers.
11560 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11562 The following commands help control operation :
11564 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11565 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11567 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11568 detailed description of this mode.
11571 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11573 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11574 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11578 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11579 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11580 | | (comint-mode) |
11587 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11588 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11589 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11590 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11591 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11592 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11594 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21670 32330
11599 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11602 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
11603 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11604 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11605 instead (which see).")
11607 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
11608 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11610 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11611 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11612 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11613 documentation string instead.
11615 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11616 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11617 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11618 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11619 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11620 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11621 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11622 enders are actually possible.
11624 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11625 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11627 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11628 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11629 `font-lock-keywords'.
11631 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11632 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11633 runs the macro expansion.
11635 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11636 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11637 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11639 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11641 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t
)
11643 (function-put 'define-generic-mode
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
11645 (function-put 'define-generic-mode
'doc-string-elt
'7)
11647 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
11648 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11650 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
11652 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
11653 Enter generic mode MODE.
11655 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11656 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11657 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11659 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11660 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11664 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
11665 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11666 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11667 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11668 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11669 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11670 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11671 `font-lock-keywords'.
11673 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
11675 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list
'regexp-opt
'"24.4")
11679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21670 32331
11680 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11683 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
11684 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11685 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11686 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11687 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11688 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21670 32330
11695 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11698 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
11699 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11700 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11702 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
11704 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
11705 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11707 Guideline for numbers:
11709 3 - non-serious error messages
11710 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11711 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11712 9 - messages inside loops.
11714 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11716 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
11717 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11718 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11720 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11722 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
11723 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11725 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11727 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
11728 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11730 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11731 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11732 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11733 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11734 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11735 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11737 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11738 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11739 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11740 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11741 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11743 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11745 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
11749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11751 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions
)
11752 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11753 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11755 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11756 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11760 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11762 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11763 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11764 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11765 name of an NNTP server to use.
11766 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11769 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11771 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11772 Read news as a slave.
11774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11776 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11777 Pop up a frame to read news.
11778 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11779 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11780 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11781 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11782 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11783 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11784 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11785 current display is used.
11787 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11789 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11791 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11792 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11793 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11795 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21670 32330
11800 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11801 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11803 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11804 Start Gnus unplugged.
11808 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11809 Start Gnus plugged.
11813 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11814 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11818 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11819 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11821 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11822 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11823 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11825 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11826 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11827 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11831 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11832 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11836 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11837 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11838 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11839 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11840 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11843 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11845 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11846 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11847 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11848 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11849 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11852 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11854 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11855 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11859 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11860 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11861 downloaded into the agent.
11863 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11865 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11866 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11867 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11868 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11870 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11872 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11873 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11877 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11878 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11882 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11883 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11884 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11886 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21743 190 195328
11892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11894 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11895 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21670
11902 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
11903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11905 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11906 Set a bookmark for this article.
11910 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11911 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11913 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11915 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11916 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11917 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11918 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11919 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21670 32330
11926 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11927 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11929 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11930 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11933 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11937 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11938 Generate the cache active file.
11940 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11942 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11943 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11947 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11948 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11949 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11950 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11951 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11954 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11956 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11957 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11958 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11959 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11960 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11963 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21670 32330
11968 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11971 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11972 Delay this article by some time.
11973 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11975 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11976 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11978 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11979 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11981 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11982 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11984 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11986 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11987 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11991 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11992 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11993 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11994 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11996 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11997 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11999 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
12003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21670 32330
12004 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12005 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12007 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
12010 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
12012 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
12015 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
12019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21670 32330
12020 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12023 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
12024 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21670 32330
12031 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12034 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
12035 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21670 32330
12042 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12045 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type
"gnus-fun" "\
12046 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12048 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil
)
12050 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh
"message" nil t
)
12052 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
12053 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12055 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12059 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
12060 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12064 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
12065 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12067 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12068 different input formats.
12072 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
12073 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12075 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12076 different input formats.
12080 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
12081 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12082 The PNG is returned as a string.
12084 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
12086 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
12087 Convert FILE to a Face.
12088 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12091 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
12093 (autoload 'gnus-random-face
"gnus-fun" "\
12094 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12096 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12100 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
12101 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21670
12108 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12111 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
12112 Display gravatar in the From header.
12113 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12115 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12117 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
12118 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12119 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12121 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21702 8774
12126 ;;;;;; 274627 813000))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12129 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
12130 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12131 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12132 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12134 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
12136 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
12137 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12139 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
12143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21670 32330
12144 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12147 (autoload 'gnus-article-html
"gnus-html" "\
12150 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil
)
12152 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images
"gnus-html" "\
12155 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil
)
12159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21670 32330
12160 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12163 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
12165 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
12166 Run batched scoring.
12167 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21670 32330 885624
12175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12177 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
12182 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
12183 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12184 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12186 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12188 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
12189 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12191 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21670 32330
12198 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12201 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12202 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12203 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12204 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12207 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12208 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12209 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12210 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12212 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12213 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12214 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12215 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12216 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12217 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12218 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12219 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12220 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12221 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12223 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
12225 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12226 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12227 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12230 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12231 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12233 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
12235 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12236 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12237 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12239 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12243 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12244 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12245 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12247 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12249 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12250 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12251 existing groups are considered.
12253 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12254 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12257 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12258 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12259 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12260 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12261 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12262 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12263 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12264 clauses will be generated.
12266 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12267 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12268 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12269 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12270 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12271 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12273 For example, given the following group parameters:
12276 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12277 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12279 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12280 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12281 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12282 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12284 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12286 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12288 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12290 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12291 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12294 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
12298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21725 56638
12299 ;;;;;; 795320 63000))
12300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12302 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
12303 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12304 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12305 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12306 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12309 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil
)
12311 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
12314 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12316 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
12317 Like `message-reply'.
12319 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
12321 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
12325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12326 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
12327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12329 (autoload 'gnus-notifications
"gnus-notifications" "\
12330 Send a notification on new message.
12331 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12332 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12333 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12335 This is typically a function to add in
12336 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21670 32330
12343 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12346 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12347 Display picons in the From header.
12348 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12352 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12353 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12354 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12358 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12359 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12360 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21670 32330
12367 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12370 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
12371 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12372 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12373 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12375 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12377 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
12378 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12379 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12382 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12384 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
12385 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12386 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12388 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12390 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12393 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12395 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12396 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12397 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12399 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12401 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12402 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12403 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12405 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
12407 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
12409 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
12410 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12411 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12413 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12415 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
12416 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12417 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12419 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12421 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
12422 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12423 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12425 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12427 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
12428 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12430 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
12434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21707
12435 ;;;;;; 26689 135319 638000))
12436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12438 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
12439 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12443 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
12444 Install the registry hooks.
12450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21670 32330
12451 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12452 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12454 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
12455 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12456 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12457 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12458 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12459 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12463 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
12464 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12465 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12466 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12467 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12471 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
12478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21670 32330
12479 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12482 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
12483 Update the format specification near point.
12489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21716 41663
12490 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
12491 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12493 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
12494 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12496 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
12500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21715 20800
12501 ;;;;;; 626041 761000))
12502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12504 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump
"gnus-sum" "\
12505 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12506 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12508 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
12512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21670 32330
12513 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12514 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12516 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize
"gnus-sync" "\
12517 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12521 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks
"gnus-sync" "\
12522 Install the sync hooks.
12528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21670 32330
12529 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12532 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
12533 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12535 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
12539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21670 32331 385639
12541 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12543 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits
256 "\
12544 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12545 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12546 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12547 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12548 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12550 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12552 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits
"gnutls" t
)
12556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21670 32331 385639
12558 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12560 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
12561 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12563 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12564 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12565 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12567 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12568 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12569 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12571 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12572 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12574 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12575 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12577 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12579 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
12583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21670 32331
12584 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
12585 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12587 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
12589 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
12590 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12591 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12592 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12593 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12595 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
12597 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
12598 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12599 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12601 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12602 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12604 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12605 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12608 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
12610 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12611 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12612 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12613 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12614 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12618 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12619 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21670 32330
12626 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12627 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12629 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve
"gravatar" "\
12630 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12631 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12633 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil
)
12635 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously
"gravatar" "\
12636 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12638 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21670 32331 385639
12644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12646 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
12647 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12649 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
12651 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
12652 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12653 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12654 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12655 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12657 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12658 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12659 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12661 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
12663 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
12664 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12665 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12666 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12667 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12669 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
12671 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
12672 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12674 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
12676 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face grep-match-face
))) (when mbeg
(- mbeg beg
))))) lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face grep-match-face
)) (mend (and mbeg
(next-single-property-change mbeg
'font-lock-face nil end
)))) (when mend
(- mend beg
)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
12677 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12679 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
12680 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12681 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12683 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
12684 The default find program.
12685 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12688 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
12689 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12690 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12691 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12693 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
12694 How to invoke find and grep.
12695 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12696 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12697 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12698 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12700 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12702 (defvar grep-history nil
"\
12703 History list for grep.")
12705 (defvar grep-find-history nil
"\
12706 History list for grep-find.")
12708 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
12709 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12710 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12714 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
12719 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
12720 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12724 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
12725 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12726 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12727 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12728 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12730 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12731 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12733 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12734 can easily repeat a grep command.
12736 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12737 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12738 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12741 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12743 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
12744 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12745 Collect output in a buffer.
12746 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12747 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12749 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12750 easily repeat a find command.
12752 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12754 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
12756 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
12757 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12758 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12759 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12760 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12762 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12763 before it is executed.
12764 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12766 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12767 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12768 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12770 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12772 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12774 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
12775 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12776 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12777 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12778 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12780 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12781 before it is executed.
12782 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12784 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12785 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12786 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12787 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12789 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12791 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12792 to specify a command to run.
12794 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12796 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
12797 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12798 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12799 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12801 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
12803 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
12807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
12808 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12810 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
12811 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12812 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12813 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12814 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12816 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
12820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21670 32331 385639
12822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12824 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
12825 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12826 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12827 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12829 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12831 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12832 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12833 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12834 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12836 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12838 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12839 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12840 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12841 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12843 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12845 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12846 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12847 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12848 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12850 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12851 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12853 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12855 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12856 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12857 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12858 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12860 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12862 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12863 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12864 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12865 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12867 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12869 (autoload 'guiler
"gud" "\
12870 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12871 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12872 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12874 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12876 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12877 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12878 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12879 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12880 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12882 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12883 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12884 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12885 original source file access method.
12887 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12888 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12890 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12892 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12893 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12897 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12898 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12899 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12900 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12901 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12902 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12904 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12906 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12907 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12908 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12909 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12910 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21670 32330 885624
12918 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12920 (autoload 'gv-get
"gv" "\
12921 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12922 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12923 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12924 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12925 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12926 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12928 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12930 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil
)
12932 (autoload 'gv-letplace
"gv" "\
12933 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12934 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12936 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12937 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12938 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12940 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12941 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12943 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t
)
12945 (function-put 'gv-letplace
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
12947 (autoload 'gv-define-expander
"gv" "\
12948 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12949 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12950 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12951 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12953 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t
)
12955 (function-put 'gv-define-expander
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
12957 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration
"gv" "\
12960 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil
)
12962 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist
) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration
'gv-expander
)) defun-declarations-alist
))
12964 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist
) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration
'gv-setter
)) defun-declarations-alist
))
12966 (autoload 'gv-define-setter
"gv" "\
12967 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12968 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12969 well for simple place forms.
12970 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12971 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12972 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12973 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12974 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12975 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12976 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12978 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t
)
12980 (function-put 'gv-define-setter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
12982 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter
"gv" "\
12983 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12984 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12985 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12986 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12988 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12989 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12991 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12993 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12995 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t
)
12997 (autoload 'setf
"gv" "\
12998 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12999 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13000 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13001 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13002 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13004 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t
)
13006 (put 'gv-place
'edebug-form-spec
'edebug-match-form
)
13008 (autoload 'gv-ref
"gv" "\
13009 Return a reference to PLACE.
13010 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13011 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13012 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13015 \(fn PLACE)" nil t
)
13019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21670 32331
13020 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13021 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13023 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
13024 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13025 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13026 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13028 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13029 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13030 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13031 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21607 54478 800121
13039 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13041 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
13042 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13044 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
13046 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
13047 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13048 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13049 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13051 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13055 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
13056 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13057 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13058 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21670 32331
13066 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13067 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13069 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
13070 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13074 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
13075 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13076 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13080 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
13081 Verify a hashcash payment
13083 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
13085 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
13086 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13087 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13088 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13089 `mail-add-payment-async').
13091 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
13093 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
13094 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13095 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13096 Calculation is asynchronous.
13098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13100 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
13101 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13102 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21670 32331 385639
13110 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13112 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
13113 Return the help-echo string at point.
13114 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13115 property, or nil, is returned.
13116 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13117 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13118 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13120 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
13122 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
13123 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13124 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13125 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13126 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13130 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
13131 Display local help in the echo area.
13132 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13133 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13134 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13137 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13138 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13139 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13143 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
13144 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13145 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13149 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
13150 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13151 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13155 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
13156 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13157 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13158 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13159 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13160 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13161 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13162 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13163 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13164 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13165 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13167 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13168 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13169 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13170 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13171 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13173 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13174 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13175 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13176 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13177 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13178 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13179 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13180 The default is `never'.")
13182 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
13184 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
13185 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13186 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13187 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13188 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13189 considered different regions.
13191 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13192 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13193 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13194 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13195 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13196 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13197 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13198 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13199 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13201 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
13203 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
13204 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13205 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13206 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13209 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13210 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13211 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13212 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13213 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13214 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13215 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13216 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13218 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13219 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13220 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13221 rarely happens in practice.
13223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13225 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
13226 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13227 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13228 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13229 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13230 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21721 59582 784612
13238 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13240 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
13241 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13243 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
13245 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
13246 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13247 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13249 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
13251 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
13252 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13253 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13254 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13255 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13256 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13257 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13259 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13260 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13261 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13262 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13263 suitable file is found, return nil.
13265 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
13267 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
13270 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
13272 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
13273 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13274 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13275 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13277 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
13279 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
13280 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13281 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13282 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13283 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13284 it is displayed along with the global value.
13286 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
13288 (autoload 'describe-function-or-variable
"help-fns" "\
13289 Display the full documentation of the function or variable SYMBOL.
13290 If SYMBOL is a variable and has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13291 \(default to the current buffer and current frame), it is displayed along
13292 with the global value.
13294 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
13296 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
13297 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13298 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13299 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13301 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13303 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
13304 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13305 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13306 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13307 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13309 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13311 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man
"help-fns" "\
13312 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13316 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info
"help-fns" "\
13317 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21670 32331 385639
13325 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13327 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
13328 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13329 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13330 window listing and describing the options.
13331 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13332 gives the window that lists the options.")
13334 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
13338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21733 50750 334730
13340 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13342 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
13343 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13344 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13350 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
13355 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
13360 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
13361 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13363 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13364 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13365 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13366 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13368 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13369 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13370 restore it properly when going back.
13372 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
13374 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
13375 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13376 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13377 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13379 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13380 it does not already exist.
13384 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
13385 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13387 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13388 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13389 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13390 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13391 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13392 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13393 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13394 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13396 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13397 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13398 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13399 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13401 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13402 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13405 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13407 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13408 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13409 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13410 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13411 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13412 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13414 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13416 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13417 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13418 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13419 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13420 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13422 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13424 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
13425 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13427 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
13429 (autoload 'help-xref-interned
"help-mode" "\
13430 Follow a hyperlink which appeared to be an arbitrary interned SYMBOL.
13431 Both variable, function and face documentation are extracted into a single
13432 help buffer. If SYMBOL is a variable, include buffer-local value for optional
13435 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" nil nil
)
13437 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump
"help-mode" "\
13438 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13439 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13440 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13442 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
13446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21670 32330
13447 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
13448 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13450 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
13451 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13455 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
13456 Provide help for current mode.
13462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21695 35516 595262 313000))
13463 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13465 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
13466 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13467 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13468 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13469 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13471 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13472 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13474 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13475 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13476 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13477 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13479 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13480 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13483 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13488 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13489 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13490 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13491 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13492 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13493 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13494 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13495 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13496 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13497 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13498 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13499 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13500 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13501 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13502 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13504 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13505 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13506 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13508 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13511 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13513 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13514 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13515 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13517 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13518 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13519 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13521 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13522 into the buffer at the current point.
13524 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13525 into the buffer at the current point.
13527 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13528 into the buffer at the current point.
13530 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13532 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13533 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13535 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13537 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13541 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
13542 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13543 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13544 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13546 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
13548 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
13549 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13550 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21741 1161 438890 423000))
13557 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13559 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13560 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13561 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13562 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13563 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13565 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13566 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13567 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13568 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13570 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13571 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13572 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13573 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13575 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13576 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13577 which can be called interactively, are:
13579 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13580 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13582 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13583 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13584 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13585 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13587 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13588 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13590 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13591 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13592 available face automatically.
13594 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13595 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13597 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13598 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13599 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13600 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13601 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13602 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13603 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13604 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13605 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13606 function returns t.
13608 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13609 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13611 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13612 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13616 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13617 position (number of characters into buffer)
13618 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13619 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13620 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13624 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
13625 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13626 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13627 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13628 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13629 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13631 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
13633 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13634 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13635 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13636 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13637 ARG is omitted or nil.
13639 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13640 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13641 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13645 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
13647 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13648 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13649 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13650 Use the global history list for FACE.
13652 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13653 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13654 highlighting will not update as you type.
13656 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13658 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
13660 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13661 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13662 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13663 Use the global history list for FACE.
13665 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13666 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13667 highlighting will not update as you type.
13669 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13671 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
13673 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13674 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13675 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13676 Use the global history list for FACE.
13678 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13679 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13680 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13682 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13683 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13684 highlighting will not update as you type.
13686 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13688 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point
'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point
)
13690 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point
"hi-lock" "\
13691 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13692 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13693 unless you use a prefix argument.
13694 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13696 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13697 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13701 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
13703 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13704 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13705 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13706 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13707 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13708 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13710 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
13712 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
13713 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13715 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13716 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13717 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21670 32331
13724 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13727 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
13728 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13730 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13731 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13733 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13734 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13735 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13736 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13739 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13740 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13741 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13742 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13743 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13744 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13745 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13747 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13748 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13749 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13750 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13751 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13754 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13755 #endif lines when hiding.
13757 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13758 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13761 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13762 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13763 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13765 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21670 32331
13772 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13775 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
13776 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13777 Each element has the form
13778 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13780 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13781 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13783 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13784 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13786 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13787 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13788 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13789 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13790 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13791 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13793 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13794 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13796 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13797 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13799 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13800 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13801 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13803 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
13804 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13805 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13806 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13807 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13809 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13810 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13811 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13813 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13814 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13815 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13817 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13818 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13820 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13823 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13827 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
13828 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21670 32331 385639
13836 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13838 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13839 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13840 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13841 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13842 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13844 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13845 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13846 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13849 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13850 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13851 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13852 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13853 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13854 through various faces.
13855 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13856 buffer with the contents of a file
13857 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13861 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13862 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13863 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13864 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13865 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13867 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13868 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13869 in a distinctive face.
13871 The default value can be customized with variable
13872 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13874 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13878 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
13879 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13880 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13882 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
13884 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13885 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13889 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13890 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13894 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
13895 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13897 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13898 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13899 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13900 shown in the last face in the list.
13902 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13903 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13904 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13906 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13910 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
13911 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13913 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13915 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13918 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13919 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13921 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13922 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13923 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13925 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
13927 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
13928 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13930 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13931 this function is called interactively.
13933 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13934 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13935 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13937 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13938 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13939 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13941 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
13943 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
13944 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13945 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13946 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13947 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13948 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13950 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
13952 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13953 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13954 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13955 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13956 ARG is omitted or nil.
13958 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13959 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13960 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21670 32331 385639
13968 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13969 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions
)
13971 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
13972 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13973 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13974 or insert functions in this list.")
13976 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
13978 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
13979 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13980 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13981 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13982 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13984 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13985 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13986 undoes the expansion.
13990 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
13991 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13992 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13993 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13995 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t
)
13999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21670 32331 385639
14001 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14003 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
14004 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14005 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14006 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14007 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14009 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14010 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14011 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14012 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14013 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14014 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14016 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14017 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14018 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14019 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14023 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
14024 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14025 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14027 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14028 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14030 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
14032 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
14033 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14034 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14035 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14036 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14038 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14039 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14042 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14043 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21670 32330
14050 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14051 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14053 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14054 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14055 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14057 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14059 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14061 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14063 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14065 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14067 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14069 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
14071 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14073 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14075 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14077 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
14078 User defined holidays.
14079 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14081 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14083 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14085 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14087 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14089 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14091 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14093 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14094 Christian holidays.
14095 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14097 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14099 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14101 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14103 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14105 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14107 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14109 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14111 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14113 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14115 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14117 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
14118 Sun-related holidays.
14119 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14121 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14123 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14125 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14127 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
14128 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14129 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14130 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14134 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
14135 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14136 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14137 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14138 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14140 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14141 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14143 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14144 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14146 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14147 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14148 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14149 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14152 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14154 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
14156 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
14160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21670 32330
14161 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14164 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
14165 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21670 32624
14172 ;;;;;; 385626 484000))
14173 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14174 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions
)
14176 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
14177 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14178 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14179 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14182 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14183 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14186 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14187 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14189 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14190 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14191 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14193 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
14195 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
14196 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14197 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14199 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14201 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
14205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
14207 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14209 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
14210 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14212 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14213 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14214 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14216 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14217 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14218 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14219 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14220 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14221 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14223 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14224 title of the column.
14226 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14227 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14228 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14229 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14230 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14232 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t
)
14234 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
14236 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
14237 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14238 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14239 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14240 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14242 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14243 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14244 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14246 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t
)
14248 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
14250 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'doc-string-elt
'2)
14252 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
14253 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14254 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14255 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14256 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14257 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14259 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14260 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14261 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14262 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14263 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14264 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14265 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14266 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14268 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14269 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14270 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14271 buffer's modification flag.
14272 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14273 prompted before performing this operation.
14274 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14275 operation is complete, in the form:
14276 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14277 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14278 confirmation message, in the form:
14279 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14280 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14281 macro for exactly what it does.
14283 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t
)
14285 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
14287 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op
'doc-string-elt
'3)
14289 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
14290 Define a filter named NAME.
14291 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14292 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14293 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14295 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14296 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14297 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14298 bound to the current value of the filter.
14300 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t
)
14302 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
14304 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'doc-string-elt
'2)
14308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21670 32624 385626
14310 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14312 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
14313 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14314 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14315 buffers which are visiting a file.
14317 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
14319 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
14320 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14321 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14322 buffers which are visiting a file.
14324 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
14326 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
14327 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14328 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14330 All arguments are optional.
14331 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14332 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14333 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14334 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14335 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14336 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14337 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14338 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14339 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14340 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14341 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14342 that value locally in this buffer.
14344 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
14348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21670
14349 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
14350 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14351 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions
)
14353 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
14354 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14355 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14356 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14358 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14360 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
14361 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14362 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14363 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14365 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14366 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14367 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14369 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14371 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
14372 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14373 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14374 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14375 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14376 non-marking or not.
14378 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14380 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
14381 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14383 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14384 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14387 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14388 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14389 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14391 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14394 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14395 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14396 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14398 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21670 32331 385639
14404 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14406 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
14407 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14408 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14410 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14411 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14413 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
14415 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
14416 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14417 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14418 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14419 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14421 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14422 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14423 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14424 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14426 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14427 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14429 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14432 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14435 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14436 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t
)
14437 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14438 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21670 32331 385639
14444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14446 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
14447 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14448 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14449 Tab indents for Icon code.
14450 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14451 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14453 Variables controlling indentation style:
14454 icon-tab-always-indent
14455 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14456 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14458 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14459 inserted in Icon code.
14461 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14462 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14463 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14464 icon-continued-statement-offset
14465 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14466 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14467 icon-continued-brace-offset
14468 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14469 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14471 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14472 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14473 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14474 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14476 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14477 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21670
14484 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
14485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14487 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
14488 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14489 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14490 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14492 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14493 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14496 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14497 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14499 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14500 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14501 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14503 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14505 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
14509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21670 32331
14510 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
14511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14512 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions
)
14514 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
14515 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14517 The main features of this mode are
14519 1. Indentation and Formatting
14520 --------------------------
14521 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14522 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14524 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14525 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14526 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14527 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14529 Comments are indented as follows:
14531 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14532 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14533 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14535 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14537 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14538 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14539 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14540 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14541 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14542 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14544 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14545 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14546 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14547 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14551 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14552 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14553 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14554 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14555 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14556 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14557 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14558 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14559 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14560 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14565 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14566 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14567 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14568 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14572 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14573 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14574 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14575 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14576 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14579 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14580 --------------------------------
14581 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14582 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14584 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14585 \\fu FUNCTION template
14586 \\c CASE statement template
14587 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14588 \\f FOR loop template
14589 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14590 \\w WHILE loop template
14591 \\i IF statement template
14592 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14595 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14596 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14598 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14599 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14600 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14601 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14603 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14604 -------------------------
14605 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14606 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14608 7. Automatic END completion
14609 ------------------------
14610 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14611 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14615 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14616 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14618 9. Documentation and Customization
14619 -------------------------------
14620 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14621 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14622 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14623 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14624 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14625 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14629 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14630 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14631 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14633 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21694 14651 747488 989000))
14640 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14642 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
14643 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14644 The following values are possible:
14645 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14647 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14648 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14649 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14651 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14652 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14654 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
14656 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
14657 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14658 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14659 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14660 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14661 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14662 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14663 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14664 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14668 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
14669 Switch to another buffer.
14670 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14671 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14674 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14675 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14676 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14677 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14678 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14680 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14681 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14683 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14685 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14686 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14687 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14688 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14689 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14690 in a separate window.
14691 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14692 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14693 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14694 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14695 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14696 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14697 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14698 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14699 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14703 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
14704 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14705 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14706 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14710 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
14711 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14712 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14713 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14717 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
14719 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14720 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14724 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
14725 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14726 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14727 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14731 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
14732 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14733 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14734 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14738 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
14739 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14743 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
14744 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14745 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14746 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14749 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14750 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14751 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14752 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14753 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14754 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14756 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14757 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14759 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14761 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14762 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14763 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14764 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14765 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14766 in a separate window.
14767 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14768 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14769 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14770 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14771 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14772 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14773 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14774 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14775 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14776 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14777 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14778 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14779 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14780 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14781 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14782 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14783 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14784 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14788 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
14789 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14790 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14791 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14795 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
14796 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14797 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14798 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14802 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
14803 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14804 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14805 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14809 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
14810 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14811 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14812 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14816 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
14817 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14818 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14819 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14823 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
14824 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14825 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14826 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14830 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
14831 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14832 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14833 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14837 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
14838 Write current buffer to a file.
14839 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14840 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14844 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
14845 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14846 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14847 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14851 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
14852 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14853 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14854 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14858 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
14859 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14860 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14861 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14862 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14863 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14865 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
14867 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
14868 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14869 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14870 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14872 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
14874 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
14875 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14876 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14877 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14879 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
14881 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
14882 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14883 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14884 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14885 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14886 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14887 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14888 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14889 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14890 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14891 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14892 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14893 with point positioned at the end.
14894 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14895 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14897 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil
)
14901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21695 35516 595262 313000))
14902 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14904 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
14905 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14906 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14907 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
14914 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14916 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode
'iimage-mode
"24.1")
14918 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
14919 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14920 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14921 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14922 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14923 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
14930 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14932 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
14933 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14934 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14937 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
14939 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
14940 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14941 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14946 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
14947 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14948 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14951 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14953 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
14954 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14955 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14958 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14960 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
14961 Determine and return image type.
14962 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14963 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14964 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14965 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14966 use its file extension as image type.
14967 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14969 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
14971 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
14972 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14973 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14975 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
14977 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
14978 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14979 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14981 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14982 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14983 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14984 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14989 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
14991 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14992 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14993 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14994 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14995 use its file extension as image type.
14996 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14997 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14998 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14999 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15001 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15003 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15004 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15005 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15007 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
15009 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
15010 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15011 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15012 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15013 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15014 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15015 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15016 POS may be an integer or marker.
15017 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15018 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15019 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15020 means display it in the right marginal area.
15022 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
15024 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
15025 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15026 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15027 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15028 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15029 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15030 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15031 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15032 means display it in the right marginal area.
15033 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15034 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15035 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15036 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15037 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15039 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
15041 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
15042 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15043 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15044 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15045 STRING is a single space.
15046 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15047 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15048 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15049 means display it in the right marginal area.
15050 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15052 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
15054 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
15055 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15056 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15057 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15059 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
15061 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
15062 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15064 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15066 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15067 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15068 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15069 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15070 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15071 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15072 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15073 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15076 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15078 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15080 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
15082 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
15083 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15085 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15086 documentation string.
15088 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15089 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15090 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15091 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15092 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15093 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15094 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15099 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15100 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15102 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t
)
15104 (function-put 'defimage
'doc-string-elt
'3)
15106 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types
"image" "\
15107 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15108 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15109 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15111 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15112 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15113 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15114 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15116 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21670 32331
15123 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15124 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15125 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions
)
15127 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
15128 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15129 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15130 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15131 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15132 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15136 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
15137 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15139 Convenience command that:
15141 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15142 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15143 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15145 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15146 image files in dired and type
15147 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15149 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15151 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15152 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15154 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15156 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
15157 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15158 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15159 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15160 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15163 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15164 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15165 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15167 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15168 instead of erasing it first.
15170 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15171 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15172 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15173 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15174 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15175 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15177 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
15179 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
15180 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15181 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15182 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15187 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
15189 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme
'image-dired
"24.4")
15191 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
15192 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15196 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
15197 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15198 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15202 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
15203 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15207 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
15208 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15209 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15210 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15214 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
15215 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15219 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
15220 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15224 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
15225 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15229 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
15230 Display current image file.
15231 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15232 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15236 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
15237 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15241 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
15242 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15243 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15244 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15245 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15246 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15247 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15251 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
15252 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15253 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21670 32331 385639
15262 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15264 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15265 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15266 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15267 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15269 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15270 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15271 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15272 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15274 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
15276 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
15277 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15278 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15279 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15281 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15282 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15283 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15284 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15286 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
15288 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
15289 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15293 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
15294 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15295 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15296 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15298 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
15300 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
15301 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15302 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15303 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15304 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15305 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15307 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
15309 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
15310 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15311 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15312 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15313 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15315 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15316 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15317 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21716 41663 456033
15325 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15327 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
15328 Major mode for image files.
15329 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15330 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15337 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
15338 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15339 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15340 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15341 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15343 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15344 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15349 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
15350 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15351 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15352 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15353 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15354 to display an image file as the actual image.
15356 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15357 to display an image file as text initially.
15359 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15364 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
15367 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15372 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15374 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
15375 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15377 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15379 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15380 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15383 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15385 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15386 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15387 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15389 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
15391 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
15392 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15393 Each element of this list should have the form
15395 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15397 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15398 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15399 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15401 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15402 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15403 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15404 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15406 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15407 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15409 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15410 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15411 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15414 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15415 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15416 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15418 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15419 create a buffer index.
15421 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15422 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15423 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15424 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15425 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
15427 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
15429 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
15430 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15432 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15433 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15434 called within a `save-excursion'.
15436 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15438 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
15440 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
15441 Function for finding the next index position.
15443 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15444 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15445 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15448 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15449 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15451 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
15453 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
15454 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15456 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15457 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15458 It should return the name for that index item.")
15460 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
15462 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
15463 Function to compare string with index item.
15465 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15466 non-nil if they match.
15468 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15469 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15470 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15471 arguments match\".")
15473 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
15475 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
15476 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15477 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15479 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
15480 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
15482 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
15484 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
15486 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
15487 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15488 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15489 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15493 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
15494 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15496 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15500 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
15501 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15502 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15503 for more information.
15505 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
15509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21670 32331
15510 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15511 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15513 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
15514 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15516 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15518 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
15521 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
15523 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15526 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
15528 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15531 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
15533 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
15534 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15536 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21670 32331
15541 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15544 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
15545 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15546 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15548 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15549 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15550 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15551 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15555 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
15559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15560 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15562 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list
(let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns
) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory
))) (if (file-directory-p dir
) dir
))) configure-info-directory
))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc
(mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx
"info/")) suffixes
))) (prune-directory-list dirs
))) prefixes
))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs
) (nconc standard-info-dirs
(list config-dir
)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs
)))) (if (not (eq system-type
'windows-nt
)) dirs
(let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory
)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir
)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir
))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1
) (append dirs
(list dir1
))) ((file-exists-p dir2
) (append dirs
(list dir2
))) (t dirs
))))) "\
15563 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15564 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15565 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15566 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15567 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15568 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15569 first in this list.
15571 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15572 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15573 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15574 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15575 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15577 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15578 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15579 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize
(quote custom-initialize-delay
) :type
(quote (repeat directory
)) :group
(quote info
))
15581 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
15582 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15584 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
15585 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15587 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
15588 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15589 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15590 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15591 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15592 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15593 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15594 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15595 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15596 with the top-level Info directory.
15598 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15599 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15601 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15603 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15604 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15605 in all the directories in that path.
15607 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15609 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
15611 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
15612 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15616 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug
"info" "\
15617 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15621 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
15622 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15623 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15624 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15628 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
15629 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15630 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15631 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15633 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
15635 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
15636 Go to the Info directory node.
15640 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
15641 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15642 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15643 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15644 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15645 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15647 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
15649 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
15650 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15651 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15653 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
15655 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
15656 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15657 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15658 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15659 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15661 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil
)
15663 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
15664 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15665 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15666 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15667 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15669 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15670 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15672 Selecting other nodes:
15673 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15674 Follow a node reference you click on.
15675 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15676 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15677 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15678 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15679 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15680 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15681 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15682 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15683 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15684 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15685 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15686 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15687 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15688 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15689 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15690 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15691 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15692 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15693 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15694 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15696 Moving within a node:
15697 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15698 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15699 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15700 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15701 move up to the parent node.
15702 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15703 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15705 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15708 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15709 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15710 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15711 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15712 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15713 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15714 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15715 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15716 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15717 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15718 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15719 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15720 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15721 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15722 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15723 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15726 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15728 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
15729 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15730 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15731 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15732 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15733 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15735 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
15736 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15738 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
15739 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15741 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15742 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15743 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15744 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15748 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
15749 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15750 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15754 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
15755 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15756 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15758 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15760 (autoload 'info-display-manual
"info" "\
15761 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15762 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15763 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15764 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15765 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15767 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil
)
15771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21670 32331 385639
15773 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15775 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
15776 Throw away all cached data.
15777 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15778 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15782 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
15784 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
15785 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15786 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15787 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15788 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15789 one found at point.
15791 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15793 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15794 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
15796 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
15797 Display the documentation of a file.
15798 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15799 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15800 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15801 The default file name is the one found at point.
15803 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15805 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15807 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
15808 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15810 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15812 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
15813 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15815 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21670 32331 385639
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15822 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
15824 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
15825 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15826 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15827 current info file is the default.
15829 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15830 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15831 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15832 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15833 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15835 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15836 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15837 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15838 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15839 mistake in the reference.
15841 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15842 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15843 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15845 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15846 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15847 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15848 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15850 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
15852 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
15853 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15854 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15855 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15858 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15859 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15860 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15861 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15862 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15863 should be harmless.
15867 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
15868 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15869 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15870 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15872 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15873 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15874 and can take a long time.
15878 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings
"info-xref" "\
15879 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15880 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15882 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15884 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15885 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15887 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15888 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15889 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15890 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15893 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15894 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15895 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15896 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15899 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil
)
15903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21670 32331 385639
15905 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15907 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
15908 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15910 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
15912 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
15913 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15915 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
15917 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
15918 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15919 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15920 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15922 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15923 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15924 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15926 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15927 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15928 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15929 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15933 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
15934 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15935 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15939 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
15940 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15941 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15942 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15943 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21670 32330
15950 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
15951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
15953 (autoload 'define-inline
"inline" "\
15956 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t
)
15958 (function-put 'define-inline
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
15960 (function-put 'define-inline
'doc-string-elt
'3)
15964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21670 32330
15965 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
15966 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15967 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
15969 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs
"inversion" "\
15970 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15971 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15973 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil
)
15977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21670
15978 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
15979 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15981 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15982 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15986 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15987 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15991 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
15994 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil
)
15998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21670 32331 385639
16000 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16001 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions
)
16003 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
16004 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16005 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16006 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16007 accessed via isearchb.
16013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21670
16014 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16015 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16017 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
16018 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16019 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16020 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16021 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16023 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16025 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
16026 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16027 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16028 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16029 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16031 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16033 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
16034 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16035 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16036 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16037 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16039 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16041 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
16042 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16043 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16044 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16045 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16047 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16049 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
16050 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16051 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16052 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16053 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16055 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16057 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
16058 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16059 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16060 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16061 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16063 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16065 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
16066 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16067 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16068 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16069 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16071 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16073 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
16074 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16075 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16076 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16078 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16080 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
16081 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16082 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16083 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16085 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16087 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
16088 Warn that format is read-only.
16090 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
16092 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
16093 Warn that format is write-only.
16095 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
16097 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
16098 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16105 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16106 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16107 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
16108 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
16112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21670 32331
16113 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
16114 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16116 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
16118 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
16119 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16120 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16121 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16122 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16124 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
16126 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
16128 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
16129 Key map for ispell menu.")
16131 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
16132 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16133 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16134 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16136 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
16138 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil
'clear
)) :enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16140 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16142 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
16144 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16145 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16146 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16147 Valid forms include:
16148 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16149 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16150 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16151 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16153 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16154 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16155 First list is used raw.
16156 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16158 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16159 for skipping in latex mode.")
16161 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16162 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16163 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16164 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16165 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16166 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
16167 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
16169 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
16170 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16171 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16172 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16174 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16175 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16176 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16177 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16178 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16180 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16181 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16183 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16184 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16186 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16187 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16189 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16190 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16193 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16194 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16195 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16196 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16197 quit spell session exited.
16199 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
16201 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
16202 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16203 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16205 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
16207 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
16208 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16212 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16213 SPC: Accept word this time.
16214 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16215 `a': Accept word for this session.
16216 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16217 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16218 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16219 `?': Show these commands.
16220 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16221 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16222 the aborted check to be completed later.
16223 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16224 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16225 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16226 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16227 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16228 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16229 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16233 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
16234 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16235 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16236 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16238 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil
)
16240 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
16241 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16242 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16243 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16245 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16247 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
16249 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
16250 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16251 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16252 amount for last line processed.
16254 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
16256 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
16257 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16261 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
16262 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16266 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug
"ispell" "\
16267 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16268 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16270 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil
)
16272 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
16273 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16277 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
16278 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16279 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16280 sequence inside of a word.
16282 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16284 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
16286 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
16287 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16291 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
16292 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16293 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16294 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16296 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16297 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16298 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16299 available on the net.
16303 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
16304 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16305 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16306 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16307 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16309 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16310 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16313 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16314 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16317 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16318 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
16322 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
16323 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16324 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16325 Don't check included messages.
16327 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16328 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16329 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16331 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16333 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16334 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16335 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16336 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16338 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16339 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16340 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21670
16347 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16348 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16350 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
16355 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
16356 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16357 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16358 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16359 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16360 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16361 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16362 necessary to represent OBJ.
16364 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
16366 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
16367 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16368 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16369 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16371 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16373 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
16374 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16375 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16376 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16377 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16379 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
16381 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
16382 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16383 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16384 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16386 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16388 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
16389 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16390 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16391 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16393 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
16395 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
16396 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16400 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16401 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16402 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16403 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16404 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16406 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
16408 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16409 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16410 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16411 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16412 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16414 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
16416 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
16417 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16418 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16420 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
16424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21670 32331 385639
16426 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16428 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
16429 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16430 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16431 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16433 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
16436 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
16438 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
16439 Uninstall jka-compr.
16440 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16441 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16442 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21681 2618 385332 620000))
16449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16450 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions
)
16452 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
16453 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16456 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
16458 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist
(cons (purecopy name
) 'js-mode
)))
16462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21716 41663 456033 27000))
16463 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16464 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions
)
16468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21670 32330
16469 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16472 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
16473 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16474 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16475 decimal key must be specified.")
16477 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16479 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
16480 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16481 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16482 decimal key must be specified.")
16484 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16486 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
16487 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16488 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16489 decimal key must be specified.")
16491 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16493 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
16494 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16495 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16496 decimal key must be specified.")
16498 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16500 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
16501 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16502 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16503 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16504 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16508 -------------------------------------------------------------
16509 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16510 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16511 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16512 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16513 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16514 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16515 in the global and local keymaps.
16517 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16518 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16520 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
16524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21670
16525 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16526 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16528 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
16529 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16530 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16532 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16533 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16534 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16535 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16538 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16539 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16540 the context of text formatting.
16542 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
16546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21670 32331 385639
16548 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16550 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
16551 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16552 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16553 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16554 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16555 positions that contains the current selection.")
16557 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
16558 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16559 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16560 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16561 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16562 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16563 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16565 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16570 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16571 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
16572 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
16573 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
16574 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16575 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16576 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16577 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16579 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16580 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16581 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16583 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16585 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16586 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16587 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16588 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16589 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16591 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16593 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16594 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16595 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16597 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16598 defining the macro.
16600 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16601 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16602 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16604 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16605 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16609 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16610 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16611 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16612 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16613 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16616 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16617 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16618 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16622 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16623 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16624 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16625 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16627 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16628 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16629 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16630 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16632 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16633 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16635 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16637 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16638 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16639 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16641 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16644 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16645 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16647 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16648 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16649 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16651 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16652 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16656 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16657 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16658 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16659 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16661 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16663 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16664 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16665 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16666 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16668 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16669 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16671 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16673 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16674 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16675 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16677 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21670
16682 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16683 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16685 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16686 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16687 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16689 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21670 32331
16697 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16698 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16699 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16701 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16703 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16704 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16708 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16709 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16710 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16711 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16713 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16714 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16715 none / 1 | yes | no
16720 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16721 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16722 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21670 32331
16729 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16730 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16732 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16735 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16737 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16738 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16739 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16740 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16741 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16742 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16744 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16745 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16747 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16749 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16750 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16752 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16754 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16757 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16759 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16762 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21670
16767 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16768 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16770 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16771 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16772 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16773 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16775 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16777 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16778 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16779 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16781 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16783 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16784 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16785 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16789 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16790 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16791 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16792 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16794 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16799 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16800 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16802 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16803 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16804 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16805 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16806 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16807 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16808 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16809 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16811 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16812 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16815 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16817 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16819 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16820 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16821 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16822 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16823 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16824 `latin1-display-setup'.
16826 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16828 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16829 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16830 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16831 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16834 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16836 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21670
16841 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16842 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16844 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16845 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "let-alist.el" (21670 32331 385639
16853 ;;; Generated autoloads from let-alist.el
16854 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16856 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16857 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16858 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16859 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16861 For instance, the following code
16864 (if (and .title .body)
16869 essentially expands to
16871 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16872 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16873 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16874 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16875 (if (and .title .body)
16880 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16881 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16882 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16883 displayed in the example above.
16885 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16887 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16892 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16894 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16895 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16896 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16897 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16898 generations (this defaults to 1).
16900 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16905 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16906 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16908 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16909 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16910 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16911 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16912 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16914 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16918 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16919 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16920 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16921 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16922 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16923 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16925 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16927 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16928 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16929 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16930 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16931 ARG is omitted or nil.
16933 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16934 `linum-on' would do it.
16935 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21670 32331 385639
16943 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16945 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16946 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16947 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16948 is nil, raise an error.
16950 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16951 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16952 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16953 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16954 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16955 defined by the library.
16957 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16958 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16959 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16960 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16961 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16964 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16965 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16966 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16967 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16969 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16974 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16976 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16977 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16978 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16980 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16982 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16983 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16984 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16985 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16987 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16988 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16989 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16990 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16991 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16992 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16995 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16996 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16998 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16999 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17001 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17002 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17004 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17006 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17007 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17008 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17009 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17010 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17011 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17012 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17013 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17014 to constrain a big search.
17016 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17018 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17019 except that FILTER is not optional.
17021 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21670 32331 885635
17027 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17029 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17030 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17031 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17032 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17033 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17034 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17035 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17036 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17037 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17038 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17040 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17041 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17043 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17044 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17045 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17046 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17047 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17049 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17050 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17051 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17053 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21670 32331 885635
17059 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17061 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17062 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17069 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17071 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17072 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17074 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17075 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17077 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17078 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17079 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17081 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17082 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17084 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17085 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17086 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17087 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17088 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17089 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17090 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17092 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17094 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17095 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17096 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17097 switch on this list.
17098 See `lpr-command'.")
17100 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17102 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17103 Name of program for printing a file.
17105 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17106 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17107 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17108 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17109 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17110 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17113 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17115 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17116 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17117 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17118 for customization of the printer command.
17122 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17123 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17125 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17126 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17127 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17128 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17130 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17131 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17133 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17134 for further customization of the printer command.
17138 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17139 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17140 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17141 for customization of the printer command.
17143 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17145 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17146 Paginate and print the region contents.
17148 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17149 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17150 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17151 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17153 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17154 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17156 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17157 for further customization of the printer command.
17159 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21670 32331 385639
17165 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17167 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17168 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17169 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17171 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21670 32330 885624
17177 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17179 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17180 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17181 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17182 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21670 32331
17189 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17192 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17193 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17200 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17202 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17203 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17204 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17205 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17206 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17208 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17210 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17211 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17212 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17213 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17214 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17216 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17217 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17218 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17219 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17222 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17223 use this command, and then save the file.
17225 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17227 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17228 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17229 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17230 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17231 each time the macro executes.
17232 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17233 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17234 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17235 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17236 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17237 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17238 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17242 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17243 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17244 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17245 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17247 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17248 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17249 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17252 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17253 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17255 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17256 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17257 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17258 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17259 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17261 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17264 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17265 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17266 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17268 You could enter the names in this format:
17274 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17277 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17280 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17281 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17283 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17284 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21670 32331
17289 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17290 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17292 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17293 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17294 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17295 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17296 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17297 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17299 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17300 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17301 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17302 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17303 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17305 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17306 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17307 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17310 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17312 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17313 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17315 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21670 32331
17320 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17321 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17323 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17324 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17328 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17333 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17334 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17336 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17338 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17339 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17340 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17343 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21670 32331
17350 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17351 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17353 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17354 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17355 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17356 often correct parser.")
17358 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17360 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17361 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17362 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17363 a value which excludes your own email address.
17365 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17366 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17368 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17370 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17371 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17373 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17375 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17376 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17377 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17378 we return it unconverted.
17380 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17381 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17383 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17385 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17386 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17387 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17388 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17390 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17392 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17393 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17394 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17395 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17397 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17399 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17400 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17401 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17402 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17403 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17404 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17405 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17406 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17407 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17410 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17412 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17413 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17414 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17415 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17416 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17417 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17418 matches may be returned from the message body.
17420 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21670 32331
17425 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17426 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17428 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17429 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17430 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17431 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17432 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17433 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17435 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17437 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17438 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17439 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17440 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17441 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17443 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17444 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17445 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17446 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17450 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17451 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17455 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17456 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17457 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17459 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17461 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17462 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17463 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17465 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17466 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17467 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17470 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21670 32331
17475 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17476 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17478 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17479 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17480 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17482 If `parens', they look like:
17483 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17484 If `angles', they look like:
17485 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17487 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17489 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17490 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17491 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17492 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17493 their `Resent-' variants.
17495 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17496 removed from alias expansions.
17498 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17500 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17501 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17502 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17504 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17505 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17506 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17507 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17509 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17511 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17512 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17513 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17517 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17518 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17519 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17520 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17524 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21670 32331
17529 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17530 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17532 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17533 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17534 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17535 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21670
17542 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
17543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17545 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17546 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17548 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17549 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17550 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17551 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17552 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17553 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17555 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17556 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17557 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17558 dependency, despite the colon.
17560 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17562 In the browser, use the following keys:
17564 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17566 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17568 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17569 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17571 `makefile-target-colon':
17572 The string that gets appended to all target names
17573 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17574 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17576 `makefile-macro-assign':
17577 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17578 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17579 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17580 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17581 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17582 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17584 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17585 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17586 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17588 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17589 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17591 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17592 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17593 up or down in the browser.
17595 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17596 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17598 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17599 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17601 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17602 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17603 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17604 has been selected in the browser.
17606 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17607 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17608 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17609 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17610 filenames are omitted.
17612 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17613 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17614 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17615 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17616 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17617 the backslash itself intact.
17618 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17619 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17621 `makefile-browser-hook':
17622 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17623 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17625 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17626 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17627 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17628 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17632 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17633 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17637 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17638 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17642 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17643 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17647 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17648 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17652 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17653 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21670 32331 385639
17661 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17663 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17664 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17665 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17672 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17674 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17676 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17677 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17678 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17679 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17680 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17681 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17682 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17683 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17684 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17685 without running the man command.
17687 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17688 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17689 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17694 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17695 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17696 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17697 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17701 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17702 otherwise look like a page name.
17707 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17708 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17709 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17713 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17715 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17716 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17718 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17720 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17721 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17723 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17728 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17729 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17731 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17732 Toggle Master mode.
17733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17734 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17735 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17737 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17738 using the following commands:
17740 \\{master-mode-map}
17742 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17743 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17744 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21670 32331 385639
17752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17754 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17755 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17756 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17757 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17758 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17759 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17761 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17763 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17764 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17765 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17766 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17767 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17769 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17770 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17771 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17772 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17779 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17780 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21706 5826 304666
17786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17788 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17790 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17791 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17792 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17793 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17794 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17795 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17796 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17797 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17798 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17799 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17800 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17801 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17802 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17803 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17804 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17805 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17806 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17807 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17808 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17809 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17810 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17811 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17812 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17813 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17814 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17815 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17816 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17817 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17818 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17819 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17820 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17821 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17822 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17823 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17824 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17825 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17826 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17827 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17831 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17832 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17833 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17834 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17835 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17837 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17839 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17840 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17842 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17844 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17845 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17847 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17849 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17850 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17852 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17854 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17855 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17856 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17858 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17860 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17861 Cancel an article you posted.
17862 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17866 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17867 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17868 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17869 header line with the old Message-ID.
17873 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17874 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17878 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17879 Forward the current message via mail.
17880 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17881 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17883 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17885 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17888 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17890 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17893 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17895 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17896 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17900 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17901 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17903 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17905 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17906 Re-mail the current message.
17907 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17908 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17913 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17914 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17916 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17918 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17919 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17921 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17923 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17924 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17926 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17928 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17929 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17931 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17933 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17934 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17935 Works by overstriking characters.
17936 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17937 which specify the range to operate on.
17939 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17941 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17942 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17943 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17944 which specify the range to operate on.
17946 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21670
17951 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
17952 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17953 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17955 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17956 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17960 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17961 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21670 32331
17968 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17969 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17971 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17972 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17973 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17977 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17978 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17979 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17980 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17981 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17982 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17983 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17985 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17987 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17988 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17989 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17990 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17991 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17993 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17994 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17996 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17998 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17999 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18000 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18001 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18002 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18004 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18005 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18007 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21670 32331 385639
18013 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18015 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18016 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18017 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18021 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18022 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18023 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18027 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18028 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18030 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18031 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18032 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18034 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18035 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18037 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18038 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18040 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18042 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18044 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18045 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18046 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18047 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18048 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18051 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18052 initial Subject field, respectively.
18054 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18055 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18058 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18059 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18061 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18063 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18064 Save draft and send message.
18066 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18067 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18068 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18071 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18072 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18073 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18075 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18076 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18077 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18078 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18079 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18080 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18082 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18083 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18085 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18086 message and scan line.
18088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18090 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18091 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18093 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18094 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18095 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18096 delete the draft message.
18102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18104 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18106 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18108 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18110 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18112 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18113 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21670 32331
18120 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18121 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18123 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18124 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18125 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18127 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18128 the MH mail system.
18130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18132 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18133 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18134 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18136 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18137 the MH mail system.
18139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18141 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18142 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18144 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18145 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18146 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18149 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18150 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18151 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18154 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18158 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18159 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18160 can be used in several ways.
18162 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18163 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18164 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18165 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18169 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18170 The range must be nonempty.
18175 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18176 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18183 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18186 All of the messages.
18188 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18189 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18191 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18192 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18193 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18195 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21670 32331 385639
18203 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18205 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18206 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18207 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18208 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18209 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18210 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18211 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18212 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18213 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18214 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18215 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18219 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18220 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18221 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18222 to its second argument TM.
18224 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21670 32331
18229 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18230 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18232 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18233 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18234 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18235 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18236 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18237 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18239 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18241 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18242 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18243 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18244 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18245 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18247 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18248 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18249 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18250 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18251 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18252 is modified to remove the default indication.
18254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18259 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18261 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18262 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18263 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18264 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18265 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18266 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18267 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18268 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18269 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18273 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18274 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18275 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18276 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18277 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18278 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18279 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18280 The return value is always nil.
18282 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21691 38459 74604
18288 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18289 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18291 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18292 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18294 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18295 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18296 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18299 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18300 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18301 end of the search space).
18303 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18304 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18305 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18306 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18307 should return the previous buffer to search.
18309 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18310 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18311 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18313 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18314 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18315 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18318 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18319 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18320 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18322 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil)
18324 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil)
18326 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18327 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18328 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18332 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18333 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18334 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18335 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18336 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18337 whose names match the specified regexp.
18339 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18341 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18342 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18343 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18344 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18345 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18346 whose names match the specified regexp.
18348 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18350 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18351 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18352 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18353 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18354 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18355 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18356 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18358 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18360 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18361 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18362 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18363 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18364 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18365 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18366 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18368 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21670
18373 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18375 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18377 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18378 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21670 32331
18385 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18388 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18389 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18391 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21670 32331
18396 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18399 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18400 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18402 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18404 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18405 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18406 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18407 the entire message.
18408 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18410 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21670 32331
18415 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18418 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18419 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18420 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18421 the entire message.
18422 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18424 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21670 32331 385639
18430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18432 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18433 Insert file contents of URL.
18434 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18436 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18438 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18439 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18441 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21670 32331 385639
18447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18449 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18450 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18451 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18452 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18453 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18455 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18457 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18458 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18459 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18461 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18468 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18469 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18473 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18474 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18475 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18476 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18477 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18479 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18480 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18481 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18482 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18483 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18484 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18486 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21670 32331 385639
18492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18494 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18497 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18499 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18502 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21670 32331 385639
18508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18510 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18513 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18515 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18518 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18520 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18523 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18525 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18528 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18530 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18533 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18535 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18538 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18540 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21670 32330
18548 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
18549 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18551 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18556 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18559 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18561 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18562 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18563 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18564 followed by the first character of the construct.
18566 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18567 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18568 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18569 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18570 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18571 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18572 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18573 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18574 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18575 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18576 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18577 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18578 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18581 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18582 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18583 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21670 32331 385639
18591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18593 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18594 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18596 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18598 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18599 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18601 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18603 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18604 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18606 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18608 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18609 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18611 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21670 32331 385639
18617 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18619 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18620 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18622 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18623 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18624 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18626 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18627 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18628 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18630 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18631 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18633 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18634 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18635 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18636 hemisphere you're in.)
18638 To test this function, evaluate:
18639 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18641 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18643 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18644 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18646 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18647 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18649 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18650 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18651 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18653 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18654 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18656 To test this function, evaluate:
18657 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18659 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18664 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18666 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18667 Main entry point for MPC.
18673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18674 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18676 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18677 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18684 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18686 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18687 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18688 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18689 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18690 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18691 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18693 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18695 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18697 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18698 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18699 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18701 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18702 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21670
18709 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18710 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18712 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18713 Display a list of all character sets.
18715 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18716 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18717 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18718 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18719 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18721 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18722 but still shows the full information.
18726 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18727 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18728 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18730 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18731 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18732 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18733 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18734 meanings of these arguments.
18736 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18738 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18739 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18741 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18743 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18744 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18746 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18748 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18749 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18751 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18753 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18754 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18756 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18757 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18759 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18760 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18761 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18762 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18763 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18764 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18765 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18766 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18767 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18768 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18769 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18770 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18771 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18772 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18773 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18774 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18778 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18779 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18783 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18784 Display a list of all coding systems.
18785 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18787 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18788 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18792 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18793 Display a list of all coding categories.
18797 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18798 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18799 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18801 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18803 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18804 Display information about FONTSET.
18805 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18807 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18809 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18810 Display a list of all fontsets.
18811 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18812 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18813 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18817 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18818 Display information about all input methods.
18822 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18823 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18825 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18826 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18827 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18828 system which uses fontsets).
18832 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18833 Show log of font listing and opening.
18834 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18835 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18837 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21670
18842 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18843 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18845 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18846 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18848 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18849 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18851 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18852 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18854 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18856 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18857 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18858 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18859 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18860 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18861 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18862 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18864 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18865 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18866 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18867 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18868 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18869 middle of a character in STR.
18871 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18872 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18874 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18875 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18876 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18877 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18878 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18880 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18882 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18883 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18885 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18886 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18887 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18889 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18890 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18891 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18893 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18894 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18895 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18897 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18898 longer than KEYSEQ.
18899 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18901 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18903 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18904 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18905 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18906 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18907 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18908 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18909 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18910 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18911 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18912 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18913 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18915 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18917 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18918 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18920 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18922 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18923 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18925 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18927 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18928 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18930 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18932 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18933 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18935 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18937 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18938 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18939 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18940 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18941 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18943 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18944 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18946 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18947 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18948 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18949 coding systems ordered by priority.
18951 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18953 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18955 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18956 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18957 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18958 language environment LANG-ENV.
18960 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18962 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18963 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18964 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18965 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18966 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18967 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18969 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21704 50495
18974 ;;;;;; 455324 752000))
18975 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18977 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18978 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18982 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18983 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18987 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18988 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18992 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18993 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18997 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18998 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19002 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19003 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19005 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19007 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19009 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19010 `ping-program-options'.
19014 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19015 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19019 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19020 Run nslookup program.
19024 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19025 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19029 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19034 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19039 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19040 Finger USER on HOST.
19042 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19044 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19045 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19046 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19047 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19049 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19051 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19056 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19057 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19059 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19061 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19062 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19064 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19070 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19072 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19073 Return a user name/password pair.
19074 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19075 listed in the PORTS list.
19077 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21716
19082 ;;;;;; 41663 456033 27000))
19083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19085 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19086 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19087 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19088 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19089 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19092 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19094 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19095 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19096 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19097 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19098 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19099 a port number to connect to.
19101 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19104 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19106 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19107 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19108 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19109 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19110 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19111 an unencrypted connection.
19112 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19113 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19114 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19115 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19116 returned object is a killed process.
19117 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19118 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19119 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19121 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19122 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19123 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19124 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19125 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19126 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19127 or nil if none could be found.
19128 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19129 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19131 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19133 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19134 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19135 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19137 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19138 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19139 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19141 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19142 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19143 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19145 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19146 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19147 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19148 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19150 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19151 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19153 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19154 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19155 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19156 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19157 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19158 or STARTTLS connections.
19160 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19161 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19163 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19164 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19166 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19167 a greeting from the server.
19169 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19170 asynchronously, if possible.
19172 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19174 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21670
19179 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19180 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19182 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19183 Check whether newsticker is running.
19184 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19185 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19189 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19190 Start the newsticker.
19191 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19192 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19193 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19194 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19196 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19201 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19202 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19204 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19205 Start newsticker plainview.
19211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21670
19212 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19213 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19215 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19216 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21670
19223 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19226 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19227 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19228 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19229 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19234 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19235 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19236 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21670
19244 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19245 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19247 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19248 Start newsticker treeview.
19254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21670 32331 385639
19256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19258 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19259 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19261 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19269 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19270 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19271 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19272 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19273 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19274 symbol in the alist.
19276 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21670 32331
19281 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19284 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19285 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19286 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19295 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19296 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19298 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19303 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19305 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19307 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19308 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19309 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19311 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19314 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19316 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19317 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19318 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19319 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19320 to future sessions.
19322 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19324 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19325 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19326 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19327 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19330 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21670
19335 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
19336 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19338 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19339 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19341 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19342 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19343 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19350 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19351 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21670 32331
19356 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19357 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19359 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19360 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19361 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19362 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19364 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21670 32331
19369 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19370 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19372 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19373 Major mode for editing XML.
19375 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19376 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19377 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19378 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19379 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19380 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19381 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19383 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19385 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19386 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19388 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19389 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19390 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19391 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19394 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19395 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19396 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19397 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19398 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19399 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19401 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19402 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19403 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19405 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19406 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19407 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19409 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19410 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19411 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19412 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19413 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19414 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19415 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19416 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19417 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19419 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19421 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19422 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19425 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21670 32331
19430 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19431 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19433 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19434 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19435 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19436 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21695 35516
19443 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
19444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19446 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19447 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19449 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19450 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19451 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19452 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19454 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19457 \\{octave-mode-map}
19461 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19462 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19463 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19465 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19467 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19468 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19470 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19471 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19472 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19476 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21670 32331
19481 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19484 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19486 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19487 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19488 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19489 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19490 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19492 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19496 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19497 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19498 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19499 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19500 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19501 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19502 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19503 Directories to search when finding external units.
19504 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19505 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19509 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19510 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19517 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19519 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19520 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19522 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19524 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19525 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19526 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19527 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19528 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19529 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19531 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19533 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19534 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19535 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19536 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19537 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19539 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19541 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19542 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19546 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19547 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19551 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19552 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19553 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19555 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19556 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19557 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19558 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19559 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19560 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19561 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19562 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19563 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19564 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19566 The following commands are available:
19572 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19573 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19575 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19576 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19577 in special contexts.
19579 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19580 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19581 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19582 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19583 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19584 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19585 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19586 properties in the buffer.
19587 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19588 including any drawers.
19590 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19592 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19593 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19594 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19595 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19596 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19597 and zoom in further.
19598 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19599 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19601 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19602 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19603 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19604 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19605 times right after creating a new headline.
19607 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19608 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19609 is negative, go up that many levels.
19611 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19612 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19613 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19615 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19616 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19617 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19618 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19622 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19623 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19624 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19625 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19628 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19630 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19631 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19632 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19633 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19634 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19635 defined by Org-mode).
19637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19639 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19640 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19644 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19645 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19649 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19650 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19651 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19652 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19655 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19657 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19658 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19659 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19660 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19662 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19663 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19664 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19666 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19667 part of Org's core.
19669 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19674 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19675 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19676 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19680 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19681 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19682 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19687 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19688 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19690 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19692 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19693 Switch between Org buffers.
19694 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19695 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19697 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19698 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19702 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19704 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19706 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19707 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19708 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19709 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19713 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19714 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19716 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19718 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19719 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19720 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19724 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19725 Reload all org lisp files.
19726 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19728 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19730 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19731 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21670 32331
19738 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19739 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19741 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19742 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19746 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19747 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19748 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19749 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19751 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19752 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19753 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19754 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19755 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19756 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19757 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19758 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19759 e Export views to associated files.
19760 s Search entries for keywords.
19761 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19762 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19763 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19764 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19765 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19766 > Remove a previous restriction.
19767 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19768 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19769 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19771 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19772 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19773 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19775 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19776 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19777 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19778 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19781 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19783 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19784 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19785 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19786 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19787 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19788 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19789 before running the agenda command.
19791 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19793 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19794 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19795 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19796 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19797 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19798 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19799 before running the agenda command.
19801 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19802 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19804 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19806 category The category of the item
19807 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19808 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19809 todo selected in TODO match
19810 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19811 diary imported from diary
19812 deadline a deadline on given date
19813 scheduled scheduled on given date
19814 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19815 closed entry was closed on given date
19816 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19817 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19818 block entry has date block including g. date
19819 todo The todo keyword, if any
19820 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19821 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19822 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19823 extra Sting with extra planning info
19824 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19825 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19826 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19828 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19830 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19831 Store agenda views.
19833 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19835 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19836 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19838 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19840 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19841 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19842 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19843 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19845 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19846 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19847 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19849 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19850 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19852 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19853 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19855 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19857 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19858 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19860 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19861 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19862 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19863 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19866 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19867 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19868 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19869 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19870 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19871 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19873 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19874 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19875 including newlines.
19877 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19878 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19879 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19880 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19881 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19882 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19883 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19885 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19886 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19887 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19888 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19890 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19891 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19892 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19893 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19894 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19895 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19896 Boolean search must match as full words.
19898 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19899 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19901 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19903 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19904 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19905 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19906 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19907 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19908 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19912 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19913 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19914 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19916 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19918 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19919 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19920 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19921 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19922 `org-stuck-projects'.
19924 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19926 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19927 Return diary information from org files.
19928 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19929 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19930 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19931 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19932 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19934 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19936 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19938 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19939 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19943 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19944 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19945 So the example above may also be written as
19947 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19949 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19950 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19951 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19953 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19955 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19956 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19958 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19960 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19961 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19962 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19963 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19964 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19966 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19968 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19969 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19970 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19974 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19975 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19976 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19979 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19980 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19982 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19983 for filtering entries out.
19985 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19986 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19987 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19989 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19990 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19992 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19993 (category \"Work\"))
19995 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19996 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19998 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19999 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20000 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20001 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20002 details and examples.
20004 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20005 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20007 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21670 32331
20012 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20013 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20015 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20016 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20018 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20020 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20022 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20023 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20024 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20025 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20026 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20027 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20029 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20030 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20031 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20034 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20036 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20037 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20040 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20041 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20042 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20043 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20045 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20047 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20048 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21670 32331
20055 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20056 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20058 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20059 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20063 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20068 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20069 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20070 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20072 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20074 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20075 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20077 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20079 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20080 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20082 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20084 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20085 Write the column view table.
20086 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20088 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20089 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20090 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20091 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20092 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20093 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20094 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20095 using `org-id-find'.
20096 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20097 a hline before each level <= that number.
20098 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20099 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20101 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20102 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20104 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20106 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20107 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20111 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20112 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21670 32331
20119 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20120 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20122 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20123 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
20131 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20133 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20134 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20141 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20142 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20144 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20145 The release version of org-mode.
20146 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20150 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20151 The Git version of org-mode.
20152 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21720 38720 956749
20160 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20161 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20162 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20164 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20165 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20166 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20167 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20169 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20170 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20171 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20172 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20174 \\{outline-mode-map}
20175 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20176 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20177 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20178 are used when point is on a heading line.
20180 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20181 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20182 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20184 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20185 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20189 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20190 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20191 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20192 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20193 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20195 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20198 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21737 47805
20203 ;;;;;; 354975 322000))
20204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20205 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20207 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20208 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20209 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20210 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20211 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20213 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20214 activate the package system at any time.")
20216 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20218 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20219 Install the package PKG.
20220 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20221 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20223 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20224 `package-selected-packages'.
20226 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20227 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20229 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20231 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20232 Reinstall package PKG.
20233 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20238 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20239 Install a package from the current buffer.
20240 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20241 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20242 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20244 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20245 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20246 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20248 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20252 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20253 Install a package from a file.
20254 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20258 (autoload 'package-install-user-selected-packages "package" "\
20259 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20260 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20264 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20265 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20267 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20268 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20273 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20274 Import keys from FILE.
20276 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20278 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20279 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20280 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20281 makes them available for download.
20285 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20286 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20287 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20288 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20290 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20292 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20293 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20295 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20297 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20298 Display a list of packages.
20299 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20300 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20301 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20303 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20305 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20310 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20312 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20313 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20314 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20316 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20317 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20319 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20321 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20322 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20323 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20324 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20325 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20327 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20328 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20329 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21670
20336 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
20337 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20338 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20340 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20341 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20342 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20343 unknown are returned as nil.
20345 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21670 32331
20350 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20353 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20354 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20355 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20357 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20358 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20360 Other useful functions are:
20362 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20363 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20364 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20365 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20366 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20367 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20368 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20369 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20370 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20372 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20374 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20375 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20376 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20377 Indentation for case statements.
20378 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20379 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20381 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20382 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20383 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20384 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20385 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20386 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20387 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20388 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20389 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20390 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20392 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20393 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21670
20400 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20401 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20403 (defvar password-cache t "\
20404 Whether to cache passwords.")
20406 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20408 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20409 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20410 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20412 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20414 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20415 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20417 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21739 3132 687120
20423 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20425 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20426 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20427 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20429 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20430 _ matches anything.
20431 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20432 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20433 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20434 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20435 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20436 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20437 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20438 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20439 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20440 (app FUN UPAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches UPAT.
20441 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20442 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20444 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20445 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20446 [QPAT1 QPAT2..QPATn] matches a vector of length n and QPAT1..QPATn match
20447 its 0..(n-1)th elements, respectively.
20448 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20449 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20450 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20452 FUN can take the form
20453 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20454 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20455 which is the value being matched.
20456 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20457 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20458 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20459 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20460 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20461 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20462 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20464 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20466 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20468 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20469 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20471 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20473 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20475 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20476 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20477 `&rest' argument is supported.
20479 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20481 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20483 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20485 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20486 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20487 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20488 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20490 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20492 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20494 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20495 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20496 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20497 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20499 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20501 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20503 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20504 Define a pcase UPattern macro.
20506 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20508 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20510 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21670 32331 385639
20516 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20518 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20519 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21670 32331 385639
20527 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20529 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20530 Completion for `gzip'.
20534 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20535 Completion for `bzip2'.
20539 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20540 Completion for GNU `make'.
20544 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20545 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20549 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21670 32331
20554 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20555 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20557 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20558 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20562 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20563 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20567 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20568 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21670 32331 385639
20576 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20578 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20579 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21670 32331 385639
20587 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20589 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20590 Completion for `cd'.
20594 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20596 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20597 Completion for `rmdir'.
20601 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20602 Completion for `rm'.
20606 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20607 Completion for `xargs'.
20611 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20613 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20614 Completion for `which'.
20618 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20619 Completion for the `chown' command.
20623 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20624 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20628 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20629 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20633 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20634 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20635 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21670 32331 385639
20643 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20645 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20646 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20650 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20651 Completion for the `ack' command.
20652 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20657 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20659 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20660 Completion for the `ag' command.
20666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21688 62278 418203
20668 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20670 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20671 Support extensible programmable completion.
20672 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20673 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20675 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20677 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20678 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20682 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20683 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20684 This will modify the current buffer.
20688 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20689 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20693 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20694 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20695 This will modify the current buffer.
20699 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20700 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20704 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20705 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20709 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20710 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20711 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20712 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20713 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20715 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20717 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20718 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
20725 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20727 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20728 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20729 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20730 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20732 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20734 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20736 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20737 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20738 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20739 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20740 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20741 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20744 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20746 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20747 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20748 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20749 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20750 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20751 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20752 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20753 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20755 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20757 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20758 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20759 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20760 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20761 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20762 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20763 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20766 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20768 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20769 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20770 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20771 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20772 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20773 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20774 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20776 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20778 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20779 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20780 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20782 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20784 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20785 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20786 A value of nil means never do it.
20787 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20788 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20789 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20791 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20793 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20794 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20795 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21670 32331
20800 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20801 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20803 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20804 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21670
20809 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20811 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20812 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20813 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20814 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20815 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20816 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20818 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20819 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20820 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20821 Tab indents for Perl code.
20822 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20823 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20824 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20826 Variables controlling indentation style:
20827 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20828 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20829 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20830 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20831 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20832 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20833 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20835 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20836 `perl-indent-level'
20837 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20838 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20839 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20840 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20841 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20842 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20843 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20844 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20845 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20846 `perl-brace-offset'
20847 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20848 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20849 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20850 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20851 `perl-label-offset'
20852 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20853 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20854 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20856 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20857 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20858 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20859 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20860 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20861 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20862 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20864 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21670 32331
20871 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20874 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20875 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20876 \\<picture-mode-map>
20877 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20878 afterwards settable by these commands:
20880 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20881 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20882 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20883 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20885 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20886 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20887 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20888 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20890 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20891 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20892 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20893 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20895 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20896 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20897 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20898 with these commands:
20900 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20901 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20902 Move to column following last
20903 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20904 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20905 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20906 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20907 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20908 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20910 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20912 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20913 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20914 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20915 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20916 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20917 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20919 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20920 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20921 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20922 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20923 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20924 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20925 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20927 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20928 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20929 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20930 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20931 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20932 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20933 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20934 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20936 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20937 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20938 by supplying an argument.
20940 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20942 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20943 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20947 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21670 32331 385639
20953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20955 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20956 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20958 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20960 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20961 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21670 32331 885635
20969 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20971 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20972 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20973 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20975 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20980 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20982 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20983 Play pong and waste time.
20984 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20985 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20987 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20998 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20999 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21000 Use streaming commands.
21002 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21670 32330 885624
21008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21010 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21011 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21012 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21013 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21015 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21017 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21018 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21022 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21023 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21024 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21025 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21026 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21028 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21030 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21031 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21032 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21034 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21036 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21037 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21039 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21041 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21042 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21043 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21044 Ignores leading comment characters.
21048 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21049 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21050 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21051 Ignores leading comment characters.
21057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21670 32331 385639
21059 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21060 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21062 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21063 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21065 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21067 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21069 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21071 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21072 Preview directory using ghostview.
21074 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21075 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21076 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21077 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21079 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21080 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21081 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21082 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21083 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21086 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21088 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21090 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21091 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21093 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21094 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21095 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21096 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21098 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21099 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21100 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21101 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21102 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21105 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21107 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21109 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21110 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21112 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21113 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21114 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21115 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21117 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21118 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21119 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21120 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21121 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21124 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21126 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21128 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21129 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21131 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21133 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21134 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21135 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21136 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21138 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21139 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21140 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21141 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21142 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21145 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21147 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21149 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21150 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21152 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21153 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21154 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21156 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21157 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21158 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21159 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21161 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21163 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21164 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21166 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21167 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21168 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21170 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21171 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21172 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21173 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21175 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21177 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21178 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21180 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21181 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21182 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21184 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21185 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21186 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21187 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21189 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21191 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21192 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21194 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21196 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21197 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21198 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21200 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21201 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21202 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21203 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21205 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21207 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21208 Preview region using ghostview.
21210 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21212 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21214 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21215 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21217 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21219 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21221 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21222 Print region using PostScript printer.
21224 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21226 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21228 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21229 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21231 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21233 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21235 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21236 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21238 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21240 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21242 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21243 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21245 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21247 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21249 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21250 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21252 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21254 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21256 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21257 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21259 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21261 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21263 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21264 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21265 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21266 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21268 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21271 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21272 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21274 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21276 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21278 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21279 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21280 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21281 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21285 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21286 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21287 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21288 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21292 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21293 Print directory using text printer.
21295 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21298 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21299 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21301 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21303 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21305 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21306 Print buffer using text printer.
21310 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21311 Print region using text printer.
21315 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21316 Print major mode using text printer.
21320 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21321 Preview spooled PostScript.
21323 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21324 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21325 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21327 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21328 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21329 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21331 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21333 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21334 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21336 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21337 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21338 instead of sending it to the printer.
21340 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21341 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21342 image in a file with that name.
21344 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21346 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21347 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21349 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21350 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21351 instead of sending it to the printer.
21353 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21354 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21355 image in a file with that name.
21357 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21359 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21360 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21362 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21363 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21364 instead of sending it to the printer.
21366 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21367 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21368 image in a file with that name.
21370 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21372 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21373 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21375 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21377 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21378 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21380 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21382 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21383 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21385 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21387 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21388 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21390 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21392 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21393 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21395 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21397 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21398 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21400 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21401 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21402 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21403 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21405 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21406 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21407 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21408 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21409 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21410 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21413 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21415 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21416 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21420 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21421 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21423 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21425 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21430 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21431 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21435 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21436 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21440 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21441 Toggle printing with faces.
21445 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21450 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21455 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21458 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21460 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21465 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21470 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21471 Toggle upside-down.
21475 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21476 Toggle line number.
21480 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21481 Toggle zebra stripes.
21485 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21486 Toggle printing header.
21490 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21491 Toggle printing header frame.
21495 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21500 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21501 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21505 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21510 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21511 Customization of the `printing' group.
21513 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21515 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21516 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21518 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21520 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21521 Help for the printing package.
21523 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21525 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21526 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21530 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21531 Interactively select a text printer.
21535 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21536 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21540 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21541 Show current ps-print settings.
21543 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21545 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21546 Show current printing settings.
21548 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21550 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21551 Show current lpr settings.
21553 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21555 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21556 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21558 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21559 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21560 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21561 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21564 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21566 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21567 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21568 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21570 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21571 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21572 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21573 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21574 current active printer.
21576 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21577 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21578 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21581 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21582 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21583 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21584 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21585 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21588 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21589 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21591 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21593 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21594 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21595 be done using the new current active printer.
21597 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21598 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21601 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21602 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21603 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21604 instead of sending it to the printer.
21606 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21607 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21610 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21613 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21616 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21618 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21619 Fast fire function for text printing.
21621 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21622 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21623 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21624 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21626 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21627 user for a new active text printer.
21629 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21631 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21633 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21634 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21637 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21639 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21642 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21647 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21649 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21650 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21651 \\<proced-mode-map>
21652 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21653 the process information.
21655 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21657 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21670 32331 385639
21666 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21668 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21669 Start/restart profilers.
21670 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21671 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21672 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21676 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21677 Open profile FILENAME.
21679 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21681 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21682 Open profile FILENAME.
21684 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21686 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21687 Open profile FILENAME.
21689 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21670 32331
21694 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21697 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21698 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21700 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21701 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21703 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21705 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21706 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21709 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21713 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21714 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21715 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21719 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21720 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21721 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
21728 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21730 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21731 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21732 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21734 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21670 32331
21739 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21740 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21741 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21743 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21744 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21746 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21748 The following variables hold user options, and can
21749 be set through the `customize' command:
21752 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21753 `ps-mode-print-function'
21755 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21759 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21762 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21768 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21769 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21770 The keymap for this second window is:
21772 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21775 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21776 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21777 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21778 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21779 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21670 32624 385626
21787 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21788 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21790 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21791 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21792 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21794 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21796 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21797 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21798 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21799 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21801 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21803 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21804 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21808 nil Do not print colors.
21812 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21813 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21815 Any other value is treated as t.")
21817 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21819 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21820 Customization of ps-print group.
21824 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21825 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21827 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21828 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21829 sending it to the printer.
21831 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21832 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21833 image in a file with that name.
21835 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21837 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21838 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21839 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21840 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21841 so it has a way to determine color values.
21843 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21845 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21846 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21847 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21849 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21851 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21852 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21853 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21854 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21855 so it has a way to determine color values.
21857 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21859 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21860 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21861 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21862 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21864 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21868 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21869 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21870 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21871 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21872 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21874 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21878 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21879 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21880 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21882 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21884 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21886 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21887 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21888 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21889 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21890 so it has a way to determine color values.
21892 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21894 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21896 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21897 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21899 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21900 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21901 instead of sending it to the printer.
21903 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21904 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21905 image in a file with that name.
21907 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21909 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21910 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21911 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21912 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21913 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21917 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21918 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21919 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21921 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21923 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21924 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21925 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21927 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21929 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21930 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21934 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21935 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21937 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21938 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21940 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21941 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21943 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21945 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21947 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21949 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21950 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21952 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21953 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21955 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21956 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21958 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21960 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21962 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21964 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21965 foreground and background colors respectively.
21967 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21968 bold - use bold font.
21969 italic - use italic font.
21970 underline - put a line under text.
21971 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21972 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21973 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21974 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21975 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21977 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21979 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21670 32330 885624
21985 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21986 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21743 190 195328
21992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21993 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21995 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21997 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21999 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22000 Run an inferior Python process.
22002 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22003 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22004 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22005 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22006 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22008 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22009 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22010 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22011 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22013 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22014 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22015 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22017 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22019 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22020 Major mode for editing Python files.
22022 \\{python-mode-map}
22028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22031 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22032 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22033 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22036 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22037 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22039 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22040 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22041 them into characters should be done separately.
22043 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21673 8506
22048 ;;;;;; 69195 402000))
22049 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22051 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22052 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22056 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22057 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22058 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22060 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22061 `quail-activate', which see.
22063 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22065 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22066 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22067 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22068 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22069 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22070 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22071 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22073 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22074 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22075 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22076 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22077 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22079 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22081 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22082 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22083 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22084 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22085 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22086 list of candidates.
22088 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22089 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22090 command to be called.
22092 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22093 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22094 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22095 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22097 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22098 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22099 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22100 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22101 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22104 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22105 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22106 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22107 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22109 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22110 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22111 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22112 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22113 defines no translations for single character keys.
22115 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22116 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22117 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22118 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22119 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22120 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22122 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22123 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22124 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22125 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22126 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22127 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22129 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22130 covers Quail translation region.
22132 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22133 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22134 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22135 for it) is inserted.
22137 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22138 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22139 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22141 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22142 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22143 non-Quail commands.
22145 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22147 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22148 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22150 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22151 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22152 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22153 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22154 you type is correctly handled.
22156 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22158 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22159 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22161 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22164 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22166 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22167 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22168 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22169 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22170 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22171 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22172 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22173 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22174 for the translation.
22175 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22177 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22178 it is used to handle KEY.
22180 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22181 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22182 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22183 the following annotation types are supported.
22185 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22186 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22188 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22191 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22192 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22193 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22196 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22197 generated for the following translations.
22199 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22201 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22202 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22204 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22205 which to install MAP.
22207 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22209 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22211 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22212 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22214 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22215 which to install MAP.
22217 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22219 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22221 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22222 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22223 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22224 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22225 a function, or a cons.
22226 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22227 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22228 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22229 for the translation.
22230 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22231 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22232 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22233 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22234 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22236 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22237 it is used to handle KEY.
22239 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22240 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22241 current Quail package.
22243 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22244 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22246 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22248 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22249 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22251 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22252 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22254 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22256 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22257 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22259 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22261 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22262 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22263 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22264 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22265 of the Emacs source tree.
22267 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22268 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22270 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22271 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22274 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21670
22279 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
22280 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22282 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22283 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22284 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22285 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22287 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22292 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22293 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22295 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22296 Activate UCS input method.
22297 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22299 While this input method is active, the variable
22300 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22302 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21670 32331 385639
22308 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22310 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22311 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22312 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22313 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22315 To make use of this do something like:
22317 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22319 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22321 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22322 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22324 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22325 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22326 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22328 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22330 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22331 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22333 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22335 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22336 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22338 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22341 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22343 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22344 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22346 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22347 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22348 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22350 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22352 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22353 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22355 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22357 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22358 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22362 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22363 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22365 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22367 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22371 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22372 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21670 32331 385639
22380 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22382 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22383 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22385 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22387 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22391 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22393 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22396 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22398 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22399 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22400 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22403 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22405 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22407 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22408 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22409 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22410 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22411 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21670
22418 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22421 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22423 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22424 Construct a regexp interactively.
22425 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22426 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22427 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22429 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22430 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21670 32331 885635
22438 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22440 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22441 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22442 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22444 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22445 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22447 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22449 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22450 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22451 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22452 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22453 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22455 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22456 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22457 were operated on recently.
22459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21733 50750 334730 5000))
22464 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22466 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22467 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22468 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22469 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22472 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22473 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22476 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22478 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22479 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22480 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22482 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22483 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22486 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22488 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22489 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22490 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22492 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22494 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22495 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22497 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22498 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22500 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22503 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22504 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22505 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22506 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22509 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22511 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22512 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22514 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22516 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22517 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22521 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22522 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22523 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22524 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22525 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22526 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22527 and point is at the lower right corner.
22529 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22531 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22532 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22534 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22535 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22537 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22538 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22539 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22541 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22543 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22545 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22546 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22547 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22548 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22549 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22551 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22552 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22554 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22556 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22557 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22558 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22560 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22562 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22564 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22566 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22567 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22569 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22570 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22571 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22573 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22575 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22576 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22577 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22579 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22580 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22581 rectangle which were empty.
22583 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22585 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22586 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22588 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22589 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22590 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22591 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22593 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22595 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22596 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22597 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21670 32331
22604 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22605 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22607 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22608 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22609 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22610 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22611 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22613 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22614 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22615 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22618 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21704 50495
22625 ;;;;;; 455324 752000))
22626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22627 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22628 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22629 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22630 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22632 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22633 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22637 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22638 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22640 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22641 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22643 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22644 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22645 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22648 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22649 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22650 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22652 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22653 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22654 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22656 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22657 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22659 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22660 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22662 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22663 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22666 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22670 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22671 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22672 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21743
22679 ;;;;;; 190 195328 729000))
22680 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22681 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22682 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22683 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22684 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21670
22689 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22692 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22693 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22694 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22695 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22696 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22697 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22699 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22700 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22702 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22704 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22705 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22707 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22709 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22710 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22711 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22712 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22714 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21670 32330 885624
22720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22721 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21670 32331
22726 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22727 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22728 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22730 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22731 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22732 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22733 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22735 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22737 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22739 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22740 Call `remember' in another frame.
22742 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22744 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22745 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22746 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22750 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22751 Extract diary entries from the region.
22755 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22756 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22757 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22758 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22760 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22762 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22763 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22764 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22767 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22769 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22772 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22773 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22774 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22776 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22781 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22782 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22784 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22785 Repeat most recently executed command.
22786 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22787 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22788 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22790 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22791 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22792 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22793 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22795 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22796 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22797 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22799 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21670 32331
22804 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
22805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22807 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22808 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22810 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22811 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22812 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22813 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22814 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22815 and point is left after the salutation.
22817 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22818 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22819 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22820 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22821 left after that text.
22823 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22826 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22827 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22828 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22829 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22831 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21670 32331 885635
22837 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22839 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22840 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22841 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22842 visibility of comments that precede it.
22843 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22844 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22845 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22846 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22847 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22848 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22849 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22850 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22852 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22853 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22854 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22855 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22856 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22863 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22865 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22866 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22867 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22868 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22869 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22871 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22872 reveals invisible text around point.
22874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22876 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22877 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22878 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22880 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22881 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22883 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22885 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22886 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22887 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22889 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22890 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22891 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
22899 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22901 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22902 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22906 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22907 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22909 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21670 32331 385639
22915 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22917 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22918 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22919 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22920 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22922 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22924 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22925 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22926 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22927 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22929 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22930 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22932 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22933 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22935 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22936 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22939 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22940 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22941 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22942 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22943 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22945 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22946 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22947 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22948 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22950 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22951 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22954 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21748 38880 365329
22960 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22962 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22963 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22965 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22967 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22969 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22970 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22971 Its name should end with a slash.")
22973 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22974 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22976 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22977 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22978 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22980 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22982 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22983 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22984 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22985 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22986 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22987 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22988 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22990 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22991 sent by you under different user names.
22992 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22994 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22996 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22998 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23000 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23001 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23002 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23005 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23007 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23008 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23009 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23010 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23011 which normally happens once for each message,
23012 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23013 To make a change in this variable take effect
23014 for a message that you have already viewed,
23015 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23017 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23019 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23020 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23021 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23022 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23024 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23026 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23027 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23029 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23031 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23032 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23033 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23035 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23037 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23038 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23039 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23040 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23041 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23042 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23044 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23046 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23047 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23049 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23051 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23052 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23054 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23056 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23057 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23059 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23060 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23062 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23064 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23065 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23067 This is set to nil by default.")
23069 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23070 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23071 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23072 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23073 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23074 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23075 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23077 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23078 Read and edit incoming mail.
23079 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23080 file in RMAIL Mode.
23081 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23083 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23084 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23085 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23086 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23088 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23090 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23092 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23093 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23094 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23095 Instead, these commands are available:
23097 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23098 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23099 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23100 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23101 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23102 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23103 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23104 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23105 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23106 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23107 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23108 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23109 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23110 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23111 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23112 till a deleted message is found.
23113 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23114 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23115 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23116 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23117 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23118 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23119 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23120 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23121 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23122 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23123 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23124 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23125 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23126 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23127 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23128 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23129 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23130 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23131 (label defaults to last one specified).
23132 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23133 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23134 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23135 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23136 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23137 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23138 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23139 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23140 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23144 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23145 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23149 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23150 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23152 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21670 32331
23157 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23158 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23159 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23161 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23162 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23163 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23164 case it writes Babyl.
23166 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23167 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23168 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23169 `rmail-default-file'.
23171 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23172 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23173 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23175 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23176 the header display is currently pruned.
23178 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23179 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23180 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23181 messages after output.
23183 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23184 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23185 message (if writing a file directly).
23187 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23188 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23190 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23192 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23193 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23194 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23195 i) the header is output as currently seen
23196 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23197 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23199 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23200 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23201 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23203 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23205 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23206 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23207 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23208 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23209 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23210 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23211 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23213 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23214 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23215 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23217 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21670 32331
23222 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23225 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23226 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23229 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21670 32331
23234 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23235 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23237 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23238 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23239 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23240 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21670 32331
23247 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23248 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23250 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23251 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23253 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23254 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23255 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23256 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23257 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23258 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23259 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23260 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23261 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23262 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23264 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23265 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23266 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23267 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23268 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23269 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23270 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23271 to use for finding the schema.
23273 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21670 32331 385639
23279 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23281 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23283 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23284 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23285 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23286 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23287 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23288 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23289 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23290 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23291 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23292 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23293 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23294 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23295 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23296 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23297 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23298 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23301 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21607 54478
23306 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23307 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23309 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23310 Define a robin package.
23312 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23313 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23314 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23315 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23317 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23318 one replaces the old one.
23320 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23322 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23323 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23325 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23326 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23327 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23329 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23331 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23332 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23334 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23339 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23341 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23342 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23344 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23346 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23347 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23349 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23351 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23352 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23354 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23356 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23357 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23358 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23360 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23361 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23364 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23368 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23369 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21670 32331 885635
23377 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23378 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23380 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23381 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23384 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23385 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23392 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23393 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23394 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23395 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23396 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23398 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23399 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23400 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21670
23407 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
23408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23409 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23411 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23412 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23418 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23420 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21670 32331 885635
23426 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23427 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23429 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23430 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23431 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23433 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23434 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23435 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23436 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23437 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21670 32330 885624
23445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23447 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23448 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23449 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23450 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23452 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23454 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23455 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23456 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23458 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23459 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23460 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23462 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23466 matches string STRING literally.
23469 matches character CHAR literally.
23471 `not-newline', `nonl'
23472 matches any character except a newline.
23475 matches any character
23480 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23481 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23482 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23484 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23485 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23486 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23487 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23489 `(not (any SET ...))'
23490 matches any character not in SET ...
23492 `line-start', `bol'
23493 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23494 in the text being matched
23497 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23499 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23500 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23501 string being matched against.
23503 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23504 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23505 string being matched against.
23508 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23509 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23512 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23513 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23516 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23518 `word-start', `bow'
23519 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23522 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23525 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23528 `(not word-boundary)'
23529 `not-word-boundary'
23530 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23534 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23537 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23539 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23540 matches 0 through 9.
23543 matches ASCII control characters.
23545 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23546 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23549 matches space and tab only.
23552 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23555 `printing', `print'
23556 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23559 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23560 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23561 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23563 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23564 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23565 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23568 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23571 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23573 `lower', `lower-case'
23574 matches anything lower-case.
23576 `upper', `upper-case'
23577 matches anything upper-case.
23579 `punctuation', `punct'
23580 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23581 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23583 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23584 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23587 matches anything that has word syntax.
23590 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23593 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23594 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23595 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23597 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23598 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23601 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23602 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23603 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23604 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23605 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23607 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23608 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23609 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23610 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23611 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23613 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23614 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23616 `(category CATEGORY)'
23617 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23618 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23620 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23621 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23622 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23623 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23627 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23628 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23629 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23630 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23631 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23632 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23633 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23634 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23635 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23636 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23637 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23638 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23639 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23640 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23649 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23653 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23655 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23660 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23661 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23663 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23664 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23665 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23666 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23667 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23669 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23670 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23671 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23672 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23674 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23675 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23676 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23679 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23680 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23681 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23682 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23683 regular expression.
23685 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23686 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23687 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23688 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23689 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23691 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23692 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23694 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23695 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23697 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23699 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23702 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23703 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23706 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23707 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23709 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23711 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23714 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23717 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23719 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23720 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23722 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23725 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23728 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23732 matches N occurrences.
23735 matches N or more occurrences.
23737 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23738 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23739 matches N to M occurrences.
23742 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23745 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23749 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23751 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21670 32331
23756 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23757 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23758 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21670 32331 885635
23764 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23765 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23767 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23768 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23769 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23771 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23772 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23774 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23776 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23777 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23779 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23780 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23782 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23783 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23784 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23785 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23787 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23788 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23789 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21670 32331
23796 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23799 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23800 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23801 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23803 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23804 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23805 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23806 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23807 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23808 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23809 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23810 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23813 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23814 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23815 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23819 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23820 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23821 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23824 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23825 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23826 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23827 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23828 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23829 that variable's value is a string.
23835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21670 32331
23836 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23837 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23839 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23840 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23841 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23843 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21670 32331 885635
23851 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23853 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23854 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23855 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23856 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23857 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23858 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23860 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23862 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23863 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23864 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23865 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23866 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23868 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23869 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21670 32331
23876 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
23877 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23879 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23880 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23881 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23882 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23883 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23884 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23885 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23886 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21670 32331 385639
23894 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23895 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23896 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21679 47292
23901 ;;;;;; 556033 759000))
23902 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23903 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23905 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23906 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23907 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23909 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23910 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23911 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23912 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23913 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23914 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23915 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23916 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23917 keybinding for tag names.
23918 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23919 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23920 of the symbol under point.
23921 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23922 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23923 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23924 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23925 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23927 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23929 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23931 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23932 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23933 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23934 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23935 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23936 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23938 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23940 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23941 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23942 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23943 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23944 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23946 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23947 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23948 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23949 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23952 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23959 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
23960 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23962 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23963 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23970 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
23971 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23973 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23974 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21670 32331
23981 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23984 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23985 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23987 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23989 If `parens', they look like:
23990 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23991 If `angles', they look like:
23992 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23994 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23995 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23997 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23999 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24000 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24001 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24002 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24004 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24005 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24006 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24007 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24009 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24011 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24012 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24013 This is done when the message is initialized,
24014 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24016 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24018 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24019 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24020 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24022 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24024 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24025 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24026 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24027 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24028 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24029 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24030 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24032 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24034 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24035 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24037 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24039 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24040 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24041 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24044 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24046 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24047 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24048 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24049 when you first send mail.")
24051 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24053 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24054 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24055 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24056 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24057 This file need not actually exist.")
24059 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24061 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24062 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24064 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24066 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24067 Alist of mail address aliases,
24068 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24069 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24070 can specify a different file name.)
24071 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24072 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24074 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24075 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24076 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24078 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24080 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24081 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24082 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24084 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24086 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24087 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24088 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24089 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24090 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24091 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24092 in the cited portion of the message.
24094 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24095 instead of no action.")
24097 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24099 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24100 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24101 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24102 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24103 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24105 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24107 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24108 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24109 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24110 If a string, that string is inserted.
24111 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24112 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24113 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24114 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24116 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24118 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24119 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24121 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24123 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24124 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24125 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24127 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24128 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24130 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24132 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24133 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24134 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24135 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24137 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24139 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24140 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24141 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24145 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24147 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24150 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24152 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24153 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24154 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24156 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24157 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24159 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24160 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24161 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24162 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24163 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24164 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24165 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24166 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24167 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24168 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24169 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24170 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24171 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24172 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24176 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24177 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24178 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24179 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24181 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24183 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24184 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24185 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24186 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24187 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24188 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24190 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24191 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24192 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24194 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24195 User should not set this variable manually,
24196 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24197 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24198 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24200 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24201 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24202 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24203 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24205 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24206 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24209 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24211 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24212 to move to message header fields:
24215 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24216 when the message is initialized.
24218 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24219 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24221 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24224 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24225 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24227 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24228 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24229 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24230 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24231 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24232 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24233 buffer without erasing the contents.
24235 The second through fifth arguments,
24236 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24237 the initial contents of those header fields.
24238 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24239 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24240 original message being replied to, or else an action
24241 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24242 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24243 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24244 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24245 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24246 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24248 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24250 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24251 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24253 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24255 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24256 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24258 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21724 35774 954622
24264 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24265 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21744 21055 525326 515000))
24270 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24272 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24274 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24276 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24278 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24279 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24280 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24281 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24282 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24283 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24285 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24286 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24288 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24289 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24290 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24292 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24295 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24297 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24298 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24299 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24300 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24302 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24304 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24305 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24306 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24308 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24309 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24311 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24313 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24314 Toggle Server mode.
24315 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24316 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24317 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24319 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24320 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24321 `server-start' for details.
24323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24325 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24326 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24327 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24329 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24330 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24332 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
24337 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24339 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24340 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24342 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24343 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24344 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24345 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24346 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24348 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24349 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24350 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24351 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24352 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24353 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24355 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24358 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24359 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24360 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24362 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24363 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24365 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24366 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24369 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24371 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24372 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24374 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21670
24381 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
24382 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24384 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24385 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24387 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24390 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24391 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24392 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24394 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24397 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24399 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24400 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24405 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24406 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24407 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24408 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24409 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24410 which this is based.
24412 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24414 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24415 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24416 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24417 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24419 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24420 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24421 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24423 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24424 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24425 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24426 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24428 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24429 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24430 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24431 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24433 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24435 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24436 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24437 To work around that, do:
24438 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21704
24447 ;;;;;; 50495 455324 752000))
24448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24449 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24450 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24452 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24453 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24454 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24455 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24456 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24457 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24459 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24460 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24461 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24462 shell-specific features.
24464 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24465 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24466 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24468 \\[sh-case] case statement
24469 \\[sh-for] for loop
24470 \\[sh-function] function definition
24471 \\[sh-if] if statement
24472 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24473 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24474 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24475 \\[sh-select] select loop
24476 \\[sh-until] until loop
24477 \\[sh-while] while loop
24479 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24480 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24481 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24482 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24483 would indent to the way it currently is.
24484 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24485 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24488 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24489 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24490 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24491 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24492 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24494 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24495 unquoted < insert a here document.
24497 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24498 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24499 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24501 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24502 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24506 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21670 32330
24511 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
24512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24514 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24515 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24517 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24518 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24519 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24521 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24522 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24523 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24524 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24527 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24529 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24531 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24532 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24533 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24535 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24536 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24538 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24539 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24540 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24541 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24542 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24543 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24544 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24547 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24548 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24549 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24550 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24551 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24553 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24554 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24556 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21670 32331 885635
24562 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24564 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24565 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24566 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24567 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24568 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24569 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24570 sites in the cluster.
24574 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24575 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24576 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24577 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24578 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24582 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24583 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24584 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24585 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24586 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24587 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24588 `shadow-define-cluster').
24592 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24593 Set up file shadowing.
24599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21678 26426 225333 737000))
24600 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24602 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24603 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24604 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24605 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24606 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24609 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24611 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24612 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24613 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24614 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24615 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24617 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24618 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24619 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24620 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24621 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24622 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24623 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24624 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24625 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24626 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24627 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24629 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24630 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24631 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24632 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24633 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24634 `default-process-coding-system'.
24636 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24637 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24638 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24639 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24641 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24643 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21748 18111 534605 274000))
24648 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24650 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24651 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24653 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24655 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24656 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24657 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24658 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24660 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21670 32331 385639
24666 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24668 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24671 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24673 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24676 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24678 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24681 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24683 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24686 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21670 32331
24691 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24692 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24694 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24695 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24696 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24697 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24698 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24700 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21670 32331
24707 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24710 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24711 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24712 \\{simula-mode-map}
24713 Variables controlling indentation style:
24714 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24715 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24716 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24717 `simula-indent-level'
24718 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24719 `simula-substatement-offset'
24720 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24721 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24722 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24723 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24724 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24725 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24726 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24727 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24728 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24729 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24730 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24731 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24732 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24733 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24734 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24735 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24736 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24737 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24738 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24739 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24740 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24741 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24742 or nil if they should not be changed.
24743 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24744 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24745 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24746 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24748 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24749 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21670 32331 885635
24757 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24759 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24760 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24762 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24763 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24764 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24765 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24767 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24769 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24771 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24773 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24774 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24775 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24776 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24777 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24779 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24780 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24782 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24784 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24785 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24787 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24788 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24789 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24790 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24792 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24793 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24794 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24795 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24797 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24798 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24799 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24801 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24802 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24804 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24805 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24807 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24808 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24810 _ interesting point, interregion here
24811 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24812 interesting point set by _
24813 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24814 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24815 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24816 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24817 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24818 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24821 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24822 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24824 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24825 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24826 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24827 as the first element when at bol.
24829 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24830 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24831 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24832 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24833 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24834 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24835 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24836 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24838 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24839 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24840 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24841 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24842 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24845 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24846 then: insert previously read string once more
24847 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24848 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24849 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24851 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24852 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24854 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24856 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24857 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24859 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24860 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24861 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24862 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24863 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24866 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24867 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24868 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21670 32331
24875 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
24876 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24878 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24879 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24880 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24883 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24885 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24886 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24887 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24888 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24889 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24890 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24894 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24895 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24896 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21670 32331 385639
24904 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24906 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24907 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24908 A list of images is returned.
24910 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24912 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24913 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24914 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24916 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21670 32331
24921 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24922 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24924 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24929 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24930 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21670 32331 385639
24938 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24940 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24941 Play the Snake game.
24942 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24944 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24946 Snake mode keybindings:
24948 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24949 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24950 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24951 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24952 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24953 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24954 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21670 32331
24961 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24962 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24964 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24965 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24966 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24967 Tab indents for C code.
24968 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24969 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24971 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24976 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24977 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24978 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24979 Tab indents for C code.
24980 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24981 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24983 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24984 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21735 6077 666769
24992 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24994 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24995 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24996 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24997 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24998 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25000 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21670 32331
25007 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25010 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25013 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25014 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25015 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25016 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25017 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25018 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25019 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25020 check after each move or undo.)
25024 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25025 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25026 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25045 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25046 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25047 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25048 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25050 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25051 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25052 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25055 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25056 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25058 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25074 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25076 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
25083 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25084 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25086 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25087 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25089 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25090 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25091 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25092 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25095 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25096 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25097 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25100 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25101 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25103 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25104 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25105 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25106 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25109 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25110 It should move point to the end of the record.
25112 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25113 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25114 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25115 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25116 starts at the beginning of the record.
25118 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25119 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25122 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25123 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25124 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25125 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25126 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25127 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25128 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25130 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25132 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25133 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25134 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25135 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25136 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25139 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25141 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25142 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25143 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25144 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25145 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25148 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25150 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25151 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25152 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25153 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25154 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25157 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25158 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25160 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25161 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25162 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25163 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25164 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25165 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25166 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25167 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25168 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25170 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25172 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25173 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25174 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25175 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25176 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25177 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25178 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25181 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25183 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25184 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25185 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25186 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25188 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25189 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25191 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25192 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25193 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25194 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25195 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25196 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25197 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25198 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25200 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25202 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25205 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25206 starting with the letter \"f\",
25207 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25209 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25211 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25212 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25213 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25214 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25215 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25216 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25217 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25220 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25221 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25222 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25223 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25224 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25226 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25228 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25229 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25230 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25232 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25234 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25235 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25236 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25237 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25238 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25239 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25240 each repeated line.
25242 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25243 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25244 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25245 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25247 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25248 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25250 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25251 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25253 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
25258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25260 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25261 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25262 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25263 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25264 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25265 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25267 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21670
25272 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
25273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25275 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25276 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25278 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25279 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25280 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25282 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25284 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25285 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25286 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25289 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25291 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25292 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25293 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25295 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25297 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25298 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25299 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25300 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25305 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25306 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25307 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25308 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21670 32331 885635
25316 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25318 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25320 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25321 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25322 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25323 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25324 supported at a time.
25325 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25326 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25330 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25331 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25332 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25333 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21670 32331 385639
25341 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25343 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25344 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25348 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25349 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21670 32331 885635
25357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25358 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25360 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25361 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25363 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25364 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25365 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25366 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25367 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25368 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25369 of the current highlighting list.
25373 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25374 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25376 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25377 `_t' as data types.
25379 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25381 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25382 Major mode to edit SQL.
25384 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25385 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25386 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25389 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25391 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25392 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25393 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25394 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25395 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25396 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25398 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25399 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25401 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25402 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25403 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25405 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25407 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25411 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25412 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25414 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25417 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25418 is specified in the connection settings.
25420 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25422 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25423 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25425 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25426 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25428 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25429 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25430 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25431 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25433 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25435 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25437 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25438 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25440 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25441 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25444 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25445 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25446 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25447 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25449 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25450 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25452 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25453 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25454 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25457 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25458 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25459 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25460 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25461 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25462 `default-process-coding-system'.
25464 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25466 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25468 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25469 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25471 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25472 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25475 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25476 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25477 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25478 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25480 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25481 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25483 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25484 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25485 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25488 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25489 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25490 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25491 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25492 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25493 `default-process-coding-system'.
25495 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25497 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25499 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25500 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25502 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25503 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25506 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25507 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25509 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25510 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25512 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25513 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25514 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25517 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25518 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25519 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25520 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25521 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25522 `default-process-coding-system'.
25524 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25526 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25528 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25529 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25531 SQLite is free software.
25533 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25534 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25537 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25538 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25539 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25540 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25542 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25543 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25545 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25546 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25547 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25550 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25551 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25552 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25553 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25554 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25555 `default-process-coding-system'.
25557 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25559 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25561 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25562 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25564 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25566 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25567 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25570 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25571 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25572 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25573 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25575 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25576 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25578 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25579 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25580 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25583 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25584 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25585 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25586 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25587 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25588 `default-process-coding-system'.
25590 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25592 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25594 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25595 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25597 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25598 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25601 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25602 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25605 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25606 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25608 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25609 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25610 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25613 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25614 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25615 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25616 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25617 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25618 `default-process-coding-system'.
25620 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25622 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25624 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25625 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25627 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25628 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25631 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25632 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25634 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25635 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25637 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25638 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25639 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25642 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25643 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25644 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25645 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25646 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25647 `default-process-coding-system'.
25649 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25651 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25653 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25654 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25656 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25657 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25660 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25661 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25662 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25663 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25665 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25666 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25668 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25669 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25670 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25673 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25674 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25675 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25676 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25677 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25678 `default-process-coding-system'.
25680 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25682 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25684 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25685 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25687 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25688 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25691 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25692 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25693 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25694 `sql-postgres-options'.
25696 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25697 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25699 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25700 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25701 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25704 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25705 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25706 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25707 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25708 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25709 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25710 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25711 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25713 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25714 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25716 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25718 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25720 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25721 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25723 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25724 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25727 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25728 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25731 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25732 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25734 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25735 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25736 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25739 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25740 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25741 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25742 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25743 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25744 `default-process-coding-system'.
25746 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25748 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25750 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25751 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25753 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25754 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25757 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25760 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25761 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25763 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25764 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25765 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25766 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25768 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25769 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25770 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25773 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25774 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25775 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25776 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25777 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25778 `default-process-coding-system'.
25780 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25782 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25784 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25785 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25787 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25788 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25791 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25792 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25793 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25794 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25797 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25798 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25799 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25800 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25803 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25804 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25806 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25807 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25808 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25811 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25813 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25815 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25816 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25818 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21670 32330 885624
25824 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25825 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25830 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
25831 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25833 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25834 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25838 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21670 32331
25843 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25846 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25847 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25848 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25849 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25850 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25851 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25852 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25853 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25854 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25855 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25857 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25858 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25859 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25860 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25862 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21670 32331 885635
25868 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25870 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25871 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25872 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25873 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25874 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25875 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25877 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25879 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25881 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25882 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25883 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25884 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25885 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25886 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25887 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25889 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25891 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25892 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25893 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25894 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25895 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25896 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25897 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25899 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25901 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25902 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25903 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25905 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25907 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25908 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25909 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25911 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25913 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25914 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25916 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25918 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25919 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25923 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25924 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25928 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25929 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25930 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25932 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25934 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25936 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25937 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25938 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25940 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25941 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25943 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25945 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25946 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25948 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25949 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25951 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25952 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25953 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25954 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25955 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25957 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25958 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25959 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25960 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25962 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25966 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25967 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25968 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25969 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25971 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25973 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25974 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
25982 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25984 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25985 Studlify-case the region.
25987 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25989 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25990 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25992 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25994 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25995 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21670 32331
26002 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26005 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26007 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26008 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26009 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26010 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26011 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26013 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26014 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26015 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26016 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26018 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26019 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26020 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26022 Nomenclature Subwords
26023 ===========================================================
26024 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26025 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26026 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26028 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26029 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26031 \\{subword-mode-map}
26033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26035 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26036 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26037 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26040 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26042 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26044 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26045 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26046 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26047 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26048 ARG is omitted or nil.
26050 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26051 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26052 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26056 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26057 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26059 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26060 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26062 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26063 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26064 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26065 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26067 \\{superword-mode-map}
26069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26071 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26072 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26073 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26075 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26076 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26078 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26080 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26081 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26082 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26083 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26084 ARG is omitted or nil.
26086 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26087 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26088 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21670 32331
26095 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
26096 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26098 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26099 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26100 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26101 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26102 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26103 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26104 original message but it does require a few things:
26106 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26108 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26111 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26112 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26115 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26117 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26119 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26120 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26121 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
26129 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26131 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26133 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26134 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26135 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26136 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26137 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26138 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26140 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26142 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26143 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26144 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26145 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26146 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26148 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26149 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26150 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26157 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26159 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26160 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26161 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26164 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26165 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26166 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26168 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26170 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26171 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26172 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26173 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26174 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26177 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26178 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26179 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26181 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21670 32331 885635
26187 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26189 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26190 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26191 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26193 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26195 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26196 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26198 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26200 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26201 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26203 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26205 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26206 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26208 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26210 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26211 Insert an editable text table.
26212 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26213 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26214 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26215 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26216 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26217 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26222 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26224 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26229 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26230 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26231 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26232 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26235 +-----+-----+-----+
26237 +-----+-----+-----+
26239 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26241 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26242 width, which results as
26244 +--------------+-----+-----+
26246 +--------------+-----+-----+
26248 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26249 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26251 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26253 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26255 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26256 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26257 width information to `table-insert'.
26259 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26265 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26268 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26269 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26271 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26274 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26276 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26278 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26281 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26284 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26286 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26288 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26291 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26294 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26297 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26298 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26299 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26301 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26304 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26307 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26310 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26312 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26315 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26318 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26319 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26320 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26321 | | |expected results.-!- |
26322 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26325 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26327 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26331 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26333 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26334 Insert N table row(s).
26335 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26336 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26337 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26338 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26342 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26343 Insert N table column(s).
26344 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26345 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26346 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26347 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26351 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26352 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26353 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26355 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26357 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26358 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26359 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26360 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26361 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26362 all the table specific features.
26364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26366 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26371 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26372 Recognize all tables within region.
26373 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26374 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26375 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26378 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26380 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26383 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26385 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26386 Recognize a table at point.
26387 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26388 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26389 the table specific features.
26391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26393 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26398 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26399 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26400 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26401 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26402 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26403 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26404 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26406 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26408 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26413 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26414 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26415 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26416 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26417 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26418 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26421 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26423 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26424 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26425 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26426 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26427 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26428 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26429 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26434 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26435 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26436 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26437 table's rectangle structure.
26439 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26441 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26442 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26443 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26444 table's rectangle structure.
26448 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26449 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26450 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26451 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26452 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26454 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26456 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26457 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26458 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26460 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26461 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26462 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26463 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26464 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26465 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26466 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26468 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26469 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26470 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26471 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26472 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26473 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26474 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26476 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26477 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26478 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26479 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26480 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26481 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26482 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26483 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26485 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26487 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26488 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26489 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26490 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26494 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26495 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26496 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26498 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26500 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26501 Split current cell vertically.
26502 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26506 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26507 Split current cell horizontally.
26508 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26512 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26513 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26514 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26516 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26518 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26519 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26520 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26521 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26523 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26525 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26526 Justify cell contents.
26527 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26528 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26529 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26530 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26532 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26534 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26535 Justify cells of a row.
26536 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26537 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26539 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26541 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26542 Justify cells of a column.
26543 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26544 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26546 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26548 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26549 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26550 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26551 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26552 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26553 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26554 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26555 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26560 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26561 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26562 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26563 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26564 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26565 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26566 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26567 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26568 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26569 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26570 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26572 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26574 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26575 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26576 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26577 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26578 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26579 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26580 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26581 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26582 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26583 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26584 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26585 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26588 References used for this implementation:
26591 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26594 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26596 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26597 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26598 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26600 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26602 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26603 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26604 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26605 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26606 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26607 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26608 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26609 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26610 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26611 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26612 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26613 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26614 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26615 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26616 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26617 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26618 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26623 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26624 (table-forward-cell 15)
26625 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26626 (table-forward-cell 16)
26627 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26628 (table-forward-cell 1)
26629 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26632 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26633 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26634 (table-forward-cell 1)
26635 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26637 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26639 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26640 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26641 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26642 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26643 consists from cells of same height.
26647 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26648 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26649 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26650 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26651 column must consists from cells of same width.
26655 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26656 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26657 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26658 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26659 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26660 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26661 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26662 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26663 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26664 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26665 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26666 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26667 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26668 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26669 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26678 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26679 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26680 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26683 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26685 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26687 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26689 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26693 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26694 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26695 of each row is optional.
26700 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26701 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26702 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26703 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26704 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26706 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26707 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26709 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26710 expression and raw delimiter regular
26711 expression, it parses the specified text
26712 area and extracts cell items from
26713 non-table text and then forms a table out
26716 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26717 creates a single cell table. The text in
26718 the specified region is placed in that
26721 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26724 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26725 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26726 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26728 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26729 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26730 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26731 | area and extracts cell items from |
26732 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26735 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26736 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26737 | the specified region is placed in that |
26739 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26741 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26742 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26745 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26746 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26747 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26748 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26749 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26750 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26751 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26752 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26753 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26755 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26756 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26757 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26758 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26760 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26762 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26763 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26764 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26766 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26768 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26769 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26770 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26771 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26772 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26779 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26781 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26782 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26784 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26786 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26787 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21704 50495 455324
26795 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26797 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26798 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26799 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26800 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26801 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26802 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26803 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26805 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26806 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26807 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26808 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26810 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21670 32331 885635
26819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26821 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26822 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26823 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26824 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26825 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26826 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26828 Variables controlling indentation style:
26830 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26831 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26832 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26834 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26835 documentation for details):
26836 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26837 Controls action of TAB key.
26839 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26840 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26841 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26842 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26843 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26845 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26846 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26851 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26852 Run inferior Tcl process.
26853 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26854 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26858 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26859 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26860 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26862 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21670 32331 385639
26868 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26870 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26871 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26872 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26873 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26875 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26876 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26877 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26878 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26879 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26881 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26883 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26884 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26885 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26886 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26893 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26895 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26896 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26897 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26898 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26899 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26900 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26902 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26904 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26905 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26906 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26907 commands to use in that buffer.
26909 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26911 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26913 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26914 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26916 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26918 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26919 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26920 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26921 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26922 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26923 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26924 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26925 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26926 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26927 use in that buffer.
26928 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26930 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21670
26935 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
26936 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26938 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26939 Start coverage on function under point.
26945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21670 32331 385639
26947 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26948 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26950 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26951 Play the Tetris game.
26952 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26953 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26954 as to form complete rows.
26956 tetris-mode keybindings:
26957 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26958 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26959 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26960 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26961 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26962 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26963 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26964 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26965 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21670 32331
26972 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26973 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26975 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26976 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26978 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26980 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26981 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26982 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26983 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26984 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26986 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26988 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26989 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26990 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26991 if it matches the first line of the file,
26992 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26994 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26996 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26997 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26998 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26999 if the variable is non-nil.")
27001 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27003 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27004 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27006 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27008 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27009 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27010 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27011 See the documentation of that variable.")
27013 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27015 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27016 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27017 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27018 See the documentation of that variable.")
27020 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27022 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27023 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27024 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27025 See the documentation of that variable.")
27027 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27029 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27030 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27031 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27032 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27033 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27035 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27037 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27038 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27039 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27040 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27042 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27044 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27045 User defined LaTeX block names.
27046 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27048 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27050 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27051 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27052 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27053 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27055 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27057 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27058 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27059 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27060 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27062 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27064 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27065 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27066 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27067 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27069 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27070 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27073 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27074 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27076 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27079 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27081 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27082 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27083 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27084 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27085 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27087 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27089 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27091 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27092 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27093 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27095 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27097 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27098 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27099 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27100 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27101 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27103 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27105 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27106 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27108 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27110 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27111 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27113 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27115 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27116 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27117 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27118 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27119 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27120 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27121 says which mode to use.
27125 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27127 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27129 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27131 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27132 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27133 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27134 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27135 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27137 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27138 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27139 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27140 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27141 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27142 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27143 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27145 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27146 mismatched $'s or braces.
27149 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27153 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27155 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27156 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27157 tex-dvi-print-command
27158 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27159 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27160 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27161 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27162 tex-dvi-view-command
27163 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27164 tex-show-queue-command
27165 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27166 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27168 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27169 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27170 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27174 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27175 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27176 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27177 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27178 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27180 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27181 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27182 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27183 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27184 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27185 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27186 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27188 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27189 mismatched $'s or braces.
27196 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27198 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27199 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27200 tex-dvi-print-command
27201 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27202 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27203 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27204 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27205 tex-dvi-view-command
27206 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27207 tex-show-queue-command
27208 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27209 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27211 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27212 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27213 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27217 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27218 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27219 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27220 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27221 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27223 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27224 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27225 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27226 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27227 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27228 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27229 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27231 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27232 mismatched $'s or braces.
27235 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27239 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27241 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27242 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27243 tex-dvi-print-command
27244 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27245 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27246 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27247 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27248 tex-dvi-view-command
27249 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27250 tex-show-queue-command
27251 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27252 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27254 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27255 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27256 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27257 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27261 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27266 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27267 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21670 32331
27274 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
27275 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27277 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27278 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27279 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27280 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27282 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27283 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27284 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27286 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27288 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27289 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27290 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27291 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27292 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27294 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27296 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27297 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27298 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27299 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27301 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27302 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27303 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27304 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27306 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27307 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27309 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21670 32331
27314 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
27315 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27317 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27318 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27320 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27322 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27323 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27325 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27327 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27328 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27330 It has these extra commands:
27331 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27333 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27334 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27335 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27336 modified version of TeX input format.
27338 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27339 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27340 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27341 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27343 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27344 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27345 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27346 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27347 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27348 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27349 in the Texinfo file.
27351 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27352 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27353 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27354 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27355 move forward past the closing brace.
27357 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27358 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27360 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27361 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27362 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27364 Here are the functions:
27366 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27367 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27368 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27370 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27371 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27372 texinfo-master-menu
27374 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27376 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27377 which menu descriptions are indented.
27379 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27380 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27383 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27384 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27385 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27386 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27388 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27389 be the first node in the file.
27391 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27392 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21670
27399 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27400 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27402 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27403 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27404 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27405 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27407 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27409 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27410 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27412 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27414 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27415 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27419 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27422 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21670 32331 885635
27428 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27430 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27431 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27432 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27433 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27434 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27435 `line', and `page'.
27437 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27439 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27440 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27441 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27442 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27443 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27444 `line', and `page'.
27446 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27449 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27450 positions of the thing found.
27452 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27454 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27455 Return the THING at point.
27456 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27457 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27458 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27459 `line', `number', and `page'.
27461 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27462 strip text properties from the return value.
27464 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27465 a symbol as a valid THING.
27467 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27469 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27470 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27474 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27475 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27479 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27480 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27484 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27485 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27492 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27494 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27495 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27499 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27500 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27501 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27502 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27504 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27506 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27507 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27511 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27512 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27516 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27518 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27519 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21670
27526 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27527 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27529 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27530 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27531 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27535 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27536 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27538 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27540 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27541 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27542 The returned string has no composition information.
27544 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27546 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27547 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27549 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27551 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27552 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27554 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27556 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27557 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27558 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27559 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27561 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27563 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27564 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27565 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27566 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27568 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27570 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27571 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27572 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27576 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27577 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27578 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27582 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27585 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27587 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27590 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27592 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27595 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21695 35516
27600 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
27601 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27602 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27604 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27605 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27606 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27607 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27609 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27610 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27611 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27613 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27615 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27616 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27617 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27618 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27620 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27621 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27622 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27624 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27626 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27627 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27630 * character before point is a space character,
27631 * character before that has “w” character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27633 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27634 characters) from before the space character, and
27635 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27636 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27640 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27641 * character before point is a space character, and
27642 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27643 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27644 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27646 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27650 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27651 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27653 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27654 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27655 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27656 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27658 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27659 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27660 variable will be set to the representation.
27662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27667 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27669 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27670 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27672 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27673 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27675 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27676 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27677 This display updates automatically every minute.
27678 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27679 are displayed as well.
27680 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27684 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27685 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27686 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27687 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27688 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27689 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27691 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27693 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27694 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27696 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27697 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27699 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27700 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27701 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27702 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27703 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27707 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27708 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27709 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27710 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27714 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27715 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27716 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27717 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27719 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27721 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27722 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21670
27729 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27730 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27732 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27733 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27734 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27736 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27737 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27738 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27739 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27740 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27741 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27743 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27744 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27746 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27748 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27749 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27751 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27753 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27754 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27755 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27757 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27759 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27760 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27761 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27762 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27764 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27765 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27766 DATE should be a date-time string.
27768 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27770 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27771 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27772 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27774 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27776 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27777 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27779 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27781 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27782 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27784 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27786 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27787 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27788 TIME should be a time value.
27789 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27791 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27793 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27794 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27795 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27797 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27799 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27800 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27801 The valid format specifiers are:
27802 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27803 %d is the number of days.
27804 %h is the number of hours.
27805 %m is the number of minutes.
27806 %s is the number of seconds.
27807 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27808 %% is a literal \"%\".
27810 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27811 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27813 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27814 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27815 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27817 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27818 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27819 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27821 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27823 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27825 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27826 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27828 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21670 32331 885635
27834 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27835 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27836 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27837 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27838 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27839 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27840 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27841 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27842 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27844 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27845 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27846 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27847 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27848 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27849 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27850 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27851 look like one of the following:
27854 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27855 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27856 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27857 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27858 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27859 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27860 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27865 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27866 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27867 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21670
27874 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27875 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27876 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27878 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27879 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27880 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27881 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27882 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27883 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27885 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27887 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27888 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27889 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27890 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27891 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27892 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27893 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27894 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27895 display (non-nil means on).
27897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27899 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27900 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27901 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27902 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27903 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27904 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27905 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27906 this function is called within a day.
27908 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27909 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27910 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27911 discover the name of the project.
27913 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27915 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27916 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27917 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27918 begun during the last time segment.
27920 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27921 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27922 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27923 discover the reason.
27925 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27927 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27928 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27929 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27930 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27931 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27933 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27935 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27936 Change to working on a different project.
27937 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27938 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27939 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27942 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27944 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27945 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27946 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27950 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27951 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27952 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27956 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27957 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27958 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27959 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27960 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27961 \"relative to today\".
27963 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27965 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27966 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27967 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27968 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27970 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27972 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27973 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27974 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27975 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27976 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27977 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27979 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27984 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
27985 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27987 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27988 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27989 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27990 the generated Quail package is saved.
27992 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27994 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27995 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27996 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27997 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27998 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27999 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28000 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28002 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28007 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28008 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28009 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28011 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28012 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28013 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28014 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28015 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28017 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28018 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28019 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28021 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28023 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28024 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28025 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28026 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28027 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28029 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28031 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28032 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28033 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28034 in the menu in two ways:
28035 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28036 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28037 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28039 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28040 keymap or an alist of alists.
28041 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28042 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28044 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21670
28049 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
28050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28052 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28053 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28055 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28056 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28057 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28058 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28059 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28060 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28061 file was last visited.
28063 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28064 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28065 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28066 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28067 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28068 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28069 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28070 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28071 for the first item.
28073 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28074 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28075 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28076 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28077 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28078 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28079 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28080 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28082 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28083 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28084 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28085 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28086 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28088 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28089 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28091 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28093 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28094 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28100 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28101 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28103 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28107 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28108 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28110 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21670 32331 885635
28118 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28120 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28121 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28122 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28126 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28127 Add an item to the tool bar.
28128 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28129 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28130 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28131 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28133 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28134 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28135 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28136 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28138 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28139 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28141 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28143 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28144 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28145 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28146 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28147 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28148 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28150 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28151 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28152 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28153 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28155 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28157 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28158 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28159 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28160 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28161 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28162 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28163 properties to add to the binding.
28165 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28167 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28168 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28170 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28172 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28173 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28174 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28175 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28176 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28177 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28178 properties to add to the binding.
28180 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28183 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21670 32330 885624
28189 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28191 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28192 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28193 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28194 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28195 to a tcp server on another machine.
28197 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21670 32330
28202 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28205 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28206 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28208 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28210 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28211 Helper function to get internal values.
28212 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28214 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28216 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28217 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28218 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28219 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28221 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28222 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28223 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28224 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28225 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28227 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28228 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28229 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28230 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28232 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28234 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28236 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28237 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28238 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28239 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28241 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28243 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21704 50495 455324
28249 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28251 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28252 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28253 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28255 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28257 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28258 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28260 It can have the following values:
28262 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28263 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28265 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28267 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28268 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28269 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28270 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28272 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28274 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28275 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28276 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28277 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28279 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28280 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28281 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28282 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28283 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28284 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28285 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28286 files which are not really Tramp files.
28288 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28289 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28290 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28291 updated after changing this variable.
28293 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28295 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28296 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28297 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28298 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28300 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28302 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28303 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28304 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28305 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28307 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28308 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28309 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28311 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28312 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28313 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28314 updated after changing this variable.
28316 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28318 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28319 Alist of completion handler functions.
28320 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28321 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28322 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28324 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28325 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28326 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28327 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28329 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28330 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28331 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28333 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28334 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28336 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28337 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28339 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28341 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28346 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28347 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28349 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28351 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28352 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28354 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28356 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28357 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21670 32331
28364 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
28365 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28367 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21670 32331 885635
28376 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28378 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28379 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28380 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28381 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28382 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28383 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28384 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28385 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28387 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28388 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28389 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28391 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28392 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28395 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21607 54478
28400 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
28401 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28403 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28406 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21670
28411 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28412 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28413 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28414 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28415 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28417 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28418 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28419 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28420 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28421 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28422 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28423 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28425 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28427 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28428 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28429 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28430 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28432 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28436 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28437 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28438 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28439 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28440 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28441 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28442 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28444 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28445 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28447 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28450 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28452 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21670 32331 885635
28460 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28462 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28463 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28464 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28465 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28466 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28467 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28469 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28471 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28472 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28473 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28475 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28476 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28477 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28478 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28479 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28480 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28481 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28483 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28484 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28486 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28487 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28488 reset the keystroke counter.
28490 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28491 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28492 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28493 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28495 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28496 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28497 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28498 `type-break-schedule' command.
28500 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28501 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28502 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28503 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28504 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28505 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28506 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28507 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28508 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28510 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28511 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28512 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28513 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28514 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28516 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28517 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28518 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28519 approximate good values for this.
28521 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28522 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28524 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28525 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28526 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28527 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28528 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28529 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28531 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28532 a typing break occur. They include:
28534 `type-break-query-mode'
28535 `type-break-query-function'
28536 `type-break-query-interval'
28538 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28540 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28541 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28542 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28547 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28548 Take a typing break.
28550 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28551 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28553 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28554 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28558 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28559 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28560 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28561 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28565 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28566 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28568 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28569 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28570 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28571 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28572 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28573 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28574 average typing speed.)
28576 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28577 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28578 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28579 the computed maximum threshold.
28581 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28582 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28583 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28584 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28585 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28587 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28592 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28594 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28595 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28596 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28597 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28598 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28600 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28605 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28606 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28608 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28609 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28611 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28613 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28614 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28616 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28618 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28619 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28621 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28623 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28624 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28626 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28628 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28629 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28631 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28633 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28634 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28636 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28638 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28639 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28641 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28643 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28644 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28646 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28648 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28649 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28651 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28653 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28654 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28656 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28658 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28659 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28661 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28663 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28664 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28666 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21670
28671 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28672 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28674 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28675 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28676 Works by overstriking underscores.
28677 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28678 which specify the range to operate on.
28680 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28682 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28683 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28684 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28685 which specify the range to operate on.
28687 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21670 32331 385639
28693 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28695 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28696 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28697 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28698 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28699 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28700 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28704 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28705 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28706 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28708 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21670 32330
28713 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28716 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28717 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28718 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28719 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28721 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28726 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28728 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28729 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28730 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28731 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28732 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28734 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28735 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28736 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28737 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28738 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28739 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28741 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28742 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28743 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28745 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28746 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28747 the callback is not called).
28749 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28750 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28751 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28754 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28755 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28757 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28758 URL-encoded before it's used.
28760 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28762 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28763 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28764 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28765 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28766 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28768 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21670 32331 885635
28774 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28776 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28777 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28778 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28780 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28781 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28782 `url-generic-parse-url'
28783 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28784 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28785 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28787 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28788 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28789 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28790 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28791 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28792 what type of auth to use
28793 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28794 if one cannot be found in the cache
28796 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28798 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28799 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28801 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28802 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28803 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28804 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28805 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28806 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28807 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28808 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28810 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21670 32331
28815 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
28816 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28818 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28819 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28821 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28823 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28824 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28825 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28827 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28829 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28830 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28832 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21670 32331 885635
28838 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28840 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28843 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21696 56380 925320
28849 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28851 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28852 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28853 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28855 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28857 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28858 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28859 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28860 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28862 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28863 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28864 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28867 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28869 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28870 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28871 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28873 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28875 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28878 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21670 32331 885635
28884 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28886 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28887 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28889 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21670 32331 885635
28895 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28897 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28898 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28902 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28903 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28904 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28905 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28906 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28908 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28909 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28911 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21670
28916 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28917 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28919 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28920 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28921 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28924 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28926 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28928 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28929 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28930 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28931 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28932 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28936 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28937 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28938 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28939 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28941 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28943 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28944 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28945 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28946 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28947 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28948 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28949 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28950 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28951 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28952 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28954 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28956 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28957 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28958 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28961 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28963 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28966 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21670 32331 885635
28972 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28973 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28975 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28976 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28977 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28978 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28979 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21670 32331 885635
28985 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28987 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28990 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21670 32331 885635
28996 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28998 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28999 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29000 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29001 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29002 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29004 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21670 32331
29009 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29010 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29012 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29015 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29017 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29018 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29020 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29026 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29028 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29029 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29031 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29033 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29034 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29036 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29038 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29041 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29043 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29045 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29047 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29049 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29050 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29052 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21670 32331 885635
29058 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29060 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29063 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29065 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29068 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21670 32331 885635
29074 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29076 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29079 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29081 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29084 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29086 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29089 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29091 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29094 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29096 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29099 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29101 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29104 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29106 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29109 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21670 32331
29114 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29115 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29117 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29118 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29120 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29122 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29123 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29124 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29126 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29127 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29128 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29129 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29130 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29131 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29132 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29133 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29134 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29135 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29136 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29137 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29138 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29139 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29141 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29142 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29143 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29145 Here is an example. The URL
29147 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29153 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29154 HOST = \"example.com\"
29156 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29161 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21670 32331
29166 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29167 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29169 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29170 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21670 32331
29177 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29178 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29180 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29181 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29182 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29183 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29184 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29185 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29187 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21670 32331
29192 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29193 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29195 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29196 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29197 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29199 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29201 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29202 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29203 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29204 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29206 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21670 32331 885635
29212 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29214 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29215 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29216 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29218 If t, all messages will be logged.
29219 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29220 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29222 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29224 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29227 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29229 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29232 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29234 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29235 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29236 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29237 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29238 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29244 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29246 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29247 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29248 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29250 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29252 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29253 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29254 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29256 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29258 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29259 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29261 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29263 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29264 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29268 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29269 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29273 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29276 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29278 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29281 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29283 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29285 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29286 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29288 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29290 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29291 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29293 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29295 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29298 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29300 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29301 Build a query-string.
29303 Given a QUERY in the form:
29310 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29312 This will return a string
29313 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29314 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29317 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29319 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29320 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29322 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29324 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29325 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29326 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29327 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29328 forbidden in URL encoding.
29330 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29332 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29333 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29334 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29335 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29336 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29337 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29339 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29340 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29341 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29342 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29344 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29346 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29347 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29348 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29349 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29350 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29351 should return it unchanged.
29353 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29355 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29356 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29357 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29358 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29360 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29362 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29363 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29364 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29366 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29368 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29369 View the current document's URL.
29370 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29373 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29375 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21670 32331 885635
29381 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29383 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29384 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29385 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29386 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29387 to refrain from editing the file
29388 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29389 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29390 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29391 in any way you like.
29393 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29395 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29396 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29397 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29398 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29399 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29401 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29402 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21670 32331
29409 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29410 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29412 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29415 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29417 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29420 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29422 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29425 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29427 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29430 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
29435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29437 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29438 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29440 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21670 32331
29445 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29446 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29448 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29449 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29450 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29451 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29453 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29455 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29456 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29457 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29459 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29461 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29462 Uudecode region between START and END.
29463 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29465 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21748 18111 534605 274000))
29470 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29472 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29473 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29476 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29478 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29479 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29480 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29482 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29484 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29485 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29488 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29490 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29491 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29493 If FILE is already registered, return the
29494 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29495 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29496 responsible for FILE is returned.
29498 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29500 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29501 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29502 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29503 same state. If not, signal an error.
29505 For merging-based version control systems:
29506 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29507 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29508 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29509 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29510 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29511 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29513 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29514 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29515 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29516 the file(s) for editing.
29517 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29518 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29519 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29520 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29521 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29523 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29525 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29526 Register into a version control system.
29527 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29528 Otherwise register the current file.
29529 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29531 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29532 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29533 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29534 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29535 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29536 first backend that could register the file is used.
29538 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29540 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29541 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29543 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29545 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29546 Display diffs between file revisions.
29547 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29548 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29549 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29551 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29554 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29556 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29557 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29558 repository history using ediff.
29560 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29562 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29563 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29564 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29565 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29566 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29568 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29571 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29573 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29574 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29575 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29576 fileset with the working revision.
29577 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29578 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29580 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29583 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29585 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29586 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29587 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29591 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29592 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29593 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29594 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29598 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29599 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29600 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29601 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29605 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29606 Perform a version control merge operation.
29607 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29608 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29609 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29610 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29612 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29613 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29614 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29615 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29616 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29617 changes from the current branch.
29621 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29623 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29624 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29625 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29626 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29627 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29628 checked out in that new branch.
29630 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29632 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29633 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29634 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29635 named branch in the directory DIR.
29636 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29637 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29638 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29639 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29640 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29641 allowed and simply skipped).
29643 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29645 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29646 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29647 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29648 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29649 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29651 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29652 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29654 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29656 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29657 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29658 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29659 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29660 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29662 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29664 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29665 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29666 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29668 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29670 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29671 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29672 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29674 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29676 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29677 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29679 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29681 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29682 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29683 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29684 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29688 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29690 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29691 Update the current fileset or branch.
29692 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29693 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29694 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29695 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29697 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29698 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29699 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29700 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29701 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29705 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29707 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29708 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29709 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29710 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29711 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29712 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29713 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29715 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29717 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29718 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29719 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29720 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29721 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29722 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29723 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29724 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29725 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29727 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29729 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29730 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29731 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29732 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29736 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29737 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29738 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29739 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29741 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29743 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29744 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29745 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29748 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29750 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29751 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29752 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29754 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29755 log entries should be gathered.
29757 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29759 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29760 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29762 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21670 32331
29767 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29768 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29770 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29771 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29773 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29774 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29775 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29776 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29777 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29778 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29780 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29781 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29782 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29783 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29784 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29785 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29786 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29787 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29789 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29791 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29793 Customization variables:
29795 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29796 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29797 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29798 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29799 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29800 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29802 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21744 21055 525326
29808 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29810 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29811 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29813 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29814 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29815 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29816 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29818 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29819 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21744 21055 525326
29825 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29826 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29827 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29828 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29829 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29830 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29831 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21694 14651 747488
29837 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29839 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29840 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29841 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29842 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29843 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29845 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29846 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29847 The file lines appear later.
29849 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29850 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29852 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29854 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29856 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21670
29861 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
29862 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29864 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29865 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29866 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29867 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29868 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29869 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29870 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29871 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29872 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29873 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29874 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29875 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29876 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29877 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29878 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29880 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21744 21055 525326
29886 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29887 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29888 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29889 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29891 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29892 (vc-git-registered file))))
29896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21744 21055 525326 515000))
29897 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29898 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29899 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29900 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29902 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29903 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21744 21055 525326
29909 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29911 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29912 Name of the monotone directory.")
29914 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29915 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29916 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29917 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29919 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29920 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21748 18111 534605
29926 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29928 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29929 Where to look for RCS master files.
29930 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29932 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29934 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21748 18111 534605
29940 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29942 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29943 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29944 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29946 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29948 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29950 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29951 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29952 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29953 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21748 18111 534605
29959 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
29961 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
29962 Where to look for SRC master files.
29963 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29965 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
29967 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
29971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21744 21055 525326
29973 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29974 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29975 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29976 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29979 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29980 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29981 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21670
29986 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
29987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29988 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29989 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29991 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29992 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29997 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29998 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29999 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30000 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30002 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30003 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30004 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30007 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30008 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30010 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30011 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30013 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30014 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30015 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30017 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30023 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30024 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30026 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30028 Official distribution is at
30029 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30032 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30033 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30045 ;;;;;; (21735 54828 874639 640000))
30046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30048 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30049 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30050 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30051 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30052 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30054 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30056 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30057 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30059 Supports highlighting.
30061 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30062 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30064 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30066 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30067 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30068 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30069 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30070 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30071 on the left side of your screen.
30072 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30073 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30074 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30075 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30076 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30077 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30079 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30080 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30081 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30082 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30085 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30086 Indentation for case statements.
30087 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30088 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30090 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30091 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30092 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30093 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30094 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30095 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30096 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30097 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30098 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30100 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30104 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30105 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30106 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30107 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30108 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30109 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30110 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30111 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30112 comments in tight quarters.
30113 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30114 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30116 Variables controlling other actions:
30118 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30119 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30120 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30122 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30124 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30126 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30127 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30128 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30130 Some other functions are:
30132 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30133 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30134 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30135 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30136 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30138 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30139 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30140 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30141 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30143 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30144 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30145 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30146 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30147 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30148 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30149 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30150 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30151 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30152 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30153 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30154 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30155 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30156 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30157 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30158 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30159 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30160 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30161 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30162 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30163 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30164 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30165 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30166 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30167 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30168 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30169 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30170 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30171 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30172 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30173 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30175 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30176 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30178 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21735
30185 ;;;;;; 53834 375321 1000))
30186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30188 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30189 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30194 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30195 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30196 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30197 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30198 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30199 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30200 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30201 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30202 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30204 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30205 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30206 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30207 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30209 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30210 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30211 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30212 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30213 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30215 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30216 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30220 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30221 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30222 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30226 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30227 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30228 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30229 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30231 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30232 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30233 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30234 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30235 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30239 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30240 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30241 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30242 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30244 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30245 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30246 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30247 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30248 beginning with \"std\").
30250 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30251 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30252 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30257 `--' puts a single comment.
30258 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30259 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30260 with a comment in between.
30261 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30262 out following lines.
30263 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30264 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30265 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30266 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30268 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30269 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30270 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30271 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30272 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30275 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30276 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30277 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30278 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30279 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30280 multi-line comments.
30284 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30285 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30286 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30287 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30290 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30291 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30292 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30293 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30295 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30296 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30299 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30300 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30302 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30303 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30308 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30309 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30310 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30311 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30312 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30313 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30314 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30315 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30317 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30318 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30319 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30320 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30321 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30324 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30325 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30326 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30328 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30329 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30333 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30334 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30335 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30336 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30337 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30338 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30341 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30342 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30343 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30344 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30347 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30351 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30352 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30353 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30354 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30355 internal signal initializations (menu).
30357 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30358 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30359 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30361 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30362 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30363 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30364 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30365 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30366 in subsequent paste operations.)
30368 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30369 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30370 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30373 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30374 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30375 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30376 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30377 association list with formals).
30380 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30381 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30382 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30383 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30384 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30385 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30386 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30387 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30392 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30396 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30400 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30401 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30402 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30404 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30405 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30408 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30409 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30410 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30411 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30413 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30414 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30415 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30417 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30418 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30419 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30420 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30422 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30423 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30424 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30425 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30426 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30428 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30429 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30430 required by secondary units.
30433 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30434 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30435 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30436 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30437 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30438 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30439 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30440 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30441 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30442 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30443 inputs to this component -> input port created
30444 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30445 outputs from this component -> output port created
30446 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30447 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30449 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30450 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30451 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30452 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30453 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30455 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30456 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30458 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30459 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30460 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30461 component instantiation is also supported (option
30462 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30464 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30465 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30466 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30467 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30468 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30469 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30470 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30471 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30472 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30473 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30474 generating the configuration.
30476 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30477 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30478 configurations in speedbar.
30480 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30483 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30484 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30485 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30486 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30487 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30488 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30489 information. New compilers can be added.
30491 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30492 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30495 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30496 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30497 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30498 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30499 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30501 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30504 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30505 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30506 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30508 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30509 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30510 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30511 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30512 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30513 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30514 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30515 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30516 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30519 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30520 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30521 not (yet) supported.
30522 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30523 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30524 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30528 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30529 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30530 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30531 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30532 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30533 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30534 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30535 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30537 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30538 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30539 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30540 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30541 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30542 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30543 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30544 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30545 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30546 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30547 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30551 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30552 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30553 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30554 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30555 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30556 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30557 current directory for VHDL source files.
30561 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30562 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30566 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30567 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30568 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30569 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30570 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30571 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30572 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30573 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30576 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30577 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30578 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30579 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30580 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30581 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30582 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30584 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30585 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30586 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30587 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30588 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30589 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30591 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30592 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30593 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30594 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30595 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30598 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30599 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30600 highlighted if written in lower case.
30602 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30603 highlighted using a different background color if option
30604 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30606 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30607 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30608 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30609 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30610 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30614 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30615 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30616 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30620 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30621 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30622 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30623 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30624 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30628 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30629 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30631 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30632 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30633 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30634 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30635 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30636 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30637 (used to obtain the port names).
30638 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30639 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30644 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30645 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30649 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30650 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30651 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30652 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30653 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30654 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30655 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30660 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30661 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30662 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30663 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30664 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30666 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30667 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30668 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30669 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30670 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30673 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30674 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30678 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30679 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30680 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30682 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30686 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30687 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30689 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30691 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30693 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30697 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30703 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30704 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30706 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30708 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30709 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30710 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30711 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30713 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30714 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30715 where the latest version can be found.
30721 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30722 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30723 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30724 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30727 The VHDL Mode Authors
30728 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21670
30740 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
30741 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30743 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30744 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30746 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30748 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30749 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30750 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30751 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30753 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30755 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30756 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30760 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30761 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30762 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30763 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30765 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30767 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30768 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30772 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30775 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30777 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30780 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
30785 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30787 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30788 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30789 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30791 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30793 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30794 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30795 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30796 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30798 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30800 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30801 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30803 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30805 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30806 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30807 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30808 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30809 moving around in the buffer.
30810 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30811 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30813 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30817 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30818 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30819 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30820 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30822 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30823 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30824 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30825 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30826 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30828 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30832 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30833 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30834 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30835 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30838 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30839 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30840 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30841 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30842 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30844 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30848 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30849 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30850 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30851 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30852 moving around in the buffer.
30853 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30854 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30856 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30858 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30859 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30860 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30862 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30863 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30864 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30865 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30867 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30868 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30869 own View-like bindings.
30871 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30873 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30874 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30875 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30876 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30877 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30878 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30879 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30881 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30883 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30885 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30886 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30887 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30889 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30890 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30891 own View-like bindings.
30893 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30895 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30896 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30897 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30898 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30899 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30900 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30901 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30903 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30905 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30907 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30908 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30909 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30911 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30912 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30913 own View-like bindings.
30915 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30917 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30918 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30919 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30920 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30921 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30923 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30924 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30925 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30926 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30930 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30931 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30932 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30933 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30934 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30935 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30936 to a repeat count of one.
30938 H, h, ? This message.
30939 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30940 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30941 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30942 > move to the end of buffer.
30943 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30944 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30945 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30946 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30947 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30948 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30949 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30950 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30951 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30952 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30953 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30954 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30955 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30956 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30957 Use this to view a changing file.
30958 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30959 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30960 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30962 x exchanges point and mark.
30963 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30964 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30965 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30966 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30967 ' go to position saved in character register.
30968 s do forward incremental search.
30969 r do reverse incremental search.
30970 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30971 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30972 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30973 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30974 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30975 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30976 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30977 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30978 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30979 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30980 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30981 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30982 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30983 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30984 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30985 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30986 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30988 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30989 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30990 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30991 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30992 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30993 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30994 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30995 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30996 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30998 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31002 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31003 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31004 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31005 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31006 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31007 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31008 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31009 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31010 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31012 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31014 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31016 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31017 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31018 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31019 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31020 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31021 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31023 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31024 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31025 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31027 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31029 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31031 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31033 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31034 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21670 32330 885624
31042 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31043 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31045 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31046 Toggle Viper on/off.
31047 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31051 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31052 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21670
31059 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
31060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31062 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31063 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31064 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31065 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31066 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31067 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31068 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31069 the beginning of the warning.")
31071 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31072 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31073 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31074 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31075 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31076 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31077 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31078 also call that function before the next warning.")
31080 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31081 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31083 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31084 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31085 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31086 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31088 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31089 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31090 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31091 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31092 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31093 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31095 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31096 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31097 Default is :warning.
31099 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31100 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31101 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31102 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31103 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31104 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31106 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31107 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31108 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31110 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31112 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31113 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31115 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31117 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31118 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31119 \\<special-mode-map>
31120 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31121 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31123 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31124 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31125 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31126 can be whatever you like.)
31128 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31129 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31131 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31132 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31133 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31134 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31135 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31137 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31139 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31140 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31141 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31142 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31143 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31145 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31150 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31151 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31153 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31154 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31155 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31156 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31157 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31158 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31159 directories to reflect your edits.
31167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21670 32331 385639
31169 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31171 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31172 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31174 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31177 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21670
31185 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
31186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31187 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31188 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31190 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31192 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31193 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31194 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31195 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31196 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31197 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31199 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31201 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31202 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31203 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31204 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31205 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31207 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31208 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31209 in certain major modes.
31211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21670 32331 885635
31217 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31218 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31220 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31221 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31222 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31223 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31224 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31226 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31227 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31231 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31232 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31233 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31234 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31235 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31237 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31238 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31239 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31240 use `whitespace-mode'.
31242 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31246 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31247 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31248 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31249 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31250 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31251 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31253 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31255 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31256 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31258 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31259 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31261 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31262 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31266 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31267 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31268 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31271 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31273 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31275 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31276 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31278 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31279 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31281 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31282 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31283 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31284 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31286 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31290 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31291 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31293 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31294 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31296 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31297 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31299 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31303 f toggle face visualization
31304 t toggle TAB visualization
31305 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31306 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31307 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31308 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31309 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31310 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31311 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31312 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31313 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31314 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31315 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31316 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31317 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31318 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31319 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31320 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31322 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31323 T toggle TAB visualization
31324 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31325 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31327 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31328 ? display brief help
31330 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31331 The valid symbols are:
31333 face toggle face visualization
31334 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31335 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31336 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31337 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31338 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31339 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31340 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31341 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31342 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31343 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31344 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31345 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31346 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31347 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31348 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31349 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31350 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31352 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31353 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31354 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31356 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31358 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31362 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31363 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31365 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31366 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31368 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31369 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31371 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31375 f toggle face visualization
31376 t toggle TAB visualization
31377 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31378 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31379 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31380 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31381 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31382 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31383 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31384 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31385 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31386 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31387 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31388 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31389 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31390 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31391 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31392 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31394 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31395 T toggle TAB visualization
31396 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31397 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31399 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31400 ? display brief help
31402 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31403 The valid symbols are:
31405 face toggle face visualization
31406 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31407 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31408 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31409 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31410 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31411 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31412 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31413 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31414 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31415 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31416 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31417 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31418 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31419 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31420 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31421 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31422 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31424 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31425 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31426 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31428 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31430 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31434 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31435 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31437 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31438 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31439 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31440 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31441 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31443 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31445 The problems cleaned up are:
31447 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31448 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31449 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31450 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31452 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31453 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31454 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31455 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31457 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31458 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31459 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31460 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31462 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31463 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31464 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31465 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31466 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31467 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31468 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31469 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31471 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31472 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31473 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31475 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31476 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31477 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31478 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31479 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31480 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31481 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31482 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31484 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31489 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31490 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31492 The problems cleaned up are:
31494 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31495 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31496 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31497 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31499 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31500 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31501 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31502 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31504 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31505 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31506 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31507 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31508 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31509 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31510 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31511 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31513 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31514 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31515 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31517 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31518 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31519 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31520 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31521 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31522 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31523 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31524 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31526 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31529 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31531 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31532 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31534 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31536 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31538 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31539 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31541 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31544 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31545 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31546 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31554 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31555 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31558 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31560 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31561 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31562 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31563 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31564 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31565 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31566 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31568 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31569 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31570 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31571 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31572 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31573 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31574 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31576 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31577 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31578 cleaning up these problems.
31580 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31586 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31588 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31589 Browse the widget under point.
31593 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31594 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31596 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31598 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31599 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31601 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31603 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31604 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31605 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31606 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31607 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21670 32331 885635
31615 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31617 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31618 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31620 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31622 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31623 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31624 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31626 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31628 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31629 Create widget of TYPE.
31630 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31632 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31634 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31637 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31639 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31640 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31642 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31644 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31645 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31646 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31647 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31649 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31650 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21733 50750 334730
31658 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31660 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31661 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31662 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31663 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31664 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31665 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31666 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31670 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31671 Select the window above the current one.
31672 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31673 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31674 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31675 negative ARG) of the current window.
31676 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31680 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31681 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31682 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31683 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31684 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31685 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31686 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31690 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31691 Select the window below the current one.
31692 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31693 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31694 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31695 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31696 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31700 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31701 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31702 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31703 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31705 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21733 50750 334730 5000))
31710 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31712 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31713 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31714 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31716 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31717 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31719 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31721 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31722 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31723 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31724 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31725 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31726 \\{winner-mode-map}
31728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31733 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31734 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31736 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31737 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31738 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31739 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31740 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31742 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31744 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31745 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31746 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31747 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31748 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31749 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31750 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31751 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31753 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31754 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31756 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31758 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31759 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31763 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31764 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31765 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31766 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31767 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31768 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31769 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31770 `woman' command for further details.
31772 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31774 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31775 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31777 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31782 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31784 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31785 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31786 Return the top node with all its children.
31787 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31789 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31790 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31791 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31793 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31795 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31796 namespace to URIs instead.
31798 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31799 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31801 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31803 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31805 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31807 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31808 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31809 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31810 not contain well-formed XML.
31812 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31813 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31814 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31815 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31816 element of the list.
31817 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31818 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31819 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31821 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31823 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31824 namespace to URIs instead.
31826 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31827 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31829 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31831 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31833 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21670 32331 385639
31839 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31841 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31842 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31843 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31844 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31845 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31846 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31847 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31848 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31849 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31850 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31852 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21739 3132 687120
31858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
31860 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
31861 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
31865 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
31866 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
31870 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
31871 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
31872 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
31875 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31877 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
31878 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
31880 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31882 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
31883 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
31885 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31887 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
31888 Find references to the identifier at point.
31889 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31891 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31893 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
31894 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
31895 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
31897 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
31898 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
31899 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
31900 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
31901 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
31902 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
31906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31908 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31910 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31911 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31912 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31914 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31915 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31917 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31919 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31920 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31921 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31922 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31923 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31925 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31926 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31927 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31928 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31929 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31930 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
31937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31939 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31940 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31942 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31944 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31945 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
31952 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31954 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31955 Zone out, completely.
31961 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21748 43392 687411
32173 (provide 'loaddefs)
32174 ;; Local Variables:
32175 ;; version-control: never
32176 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32177 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32180 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here